93127 Catalog

2014-07-29

: Pdf 93127-Catalog 93127-Catalog 074983 Batch6 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 210 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.1
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
CABLE TIES
Panduit offers the most complete selection of cable tie styles, sizes, materials and colors to meet our
customers’needs. Panduit cable ties bundle, mount,and identify in countless indoor, outdoor, and harsh
environment applications. Panduit cable ties, wiring accessories, and installation tools allow our
customers to achieve the lowest total installed cost of managing wire and cable.
• Panduit continues to provide innovative new
cable tie designs to meet our customers’
application challenges
• Panduit cable ties and wiring accessories can be
used in a variety of applications and environments,
providing the optimal wire management solution
• Panduit offers a large selection of ergonomic cable
tie installation tools – all with consistent, and
reliable performance
Panduit leads the industry in the breadth and depth of available cable tie designs created from
customer feedback on their application requirements. As with all Panduit products, quality in design
and production along with customer service excellence are assured.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.2
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Tie Selection Chart
Follow this step-by-step process to find the cable ties that best suit your application:
Cable Tie Function
1) Select the main function of the cable tie you need:
Bundle = Standard Cable Ties
Re-use = Nylon Releasable Ties*
Identify = Marker and Flag Ties
Mount = Clamp Ties, Push Mount Ties, and Stud Mount Ties
Material Properties
2) Determine the appropriate
material for your application:
Mechanical
Chemical
Thermal
Cable Tie Family
3) Select the cable tie family that
meets your overall needs
*For information on re-usable Hook and Loop Cable Ties, see page B1.85.
Cross Sections: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy.
Check mark indicates material availability in that product line.
Cable Tie Function
Bundle,
Re-use,
Identify,
Mount
Bundle,
Re-use,
Identify,
Mount
Bundle,
Re-use,
Mount
Bundle,
Re-use,
Mount Bundle Bundle
Material Test
Method Nylon 6.6 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Impact
Modified
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Heat
Stabilized
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Color —Natural Black Black Black Natural Black
Part Number Suffix
(Material Designation) —No Suffix 0 0 30 39 300
Tensile @ Yield @ 73°F(psi) ISO 527 12,000 12,000 9,700 12,000 12,000 12,000
Water Absorption (24 Hours) ASTM D570 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2%
Radiation Resistance (Rads) —1 x 1051 x 1051 x 1051 x 1051 x 1051 x 105
Weathering Life Expectancy
(Years)/UV Resistance —1 – 2 7 – 9 7 – 9 4 – 5 1 – 2 7 – 9
Impact Resistance —
Salts —
Hydrocarbons
(Gas, Oil, Lubricants) —
Chlorinated Hydrocarbons —
Acids —
Bases —
Acid Rain —
Max. Continuous Use
Temperature (Note 1) UL 746B 185°F
85°C 185°F
85°C 185°F
85°C 239°F
115°C 239°F
115°C
212°F
100°C
(Note 2)
Min. Application
Use Temperature EN 50146 -76°F
-60°C -76°F
-60°C -76°F
-60°C -76°F
-60°C -76°F
-60°C -76°F
-60°C
Flammability Rating (Note 4) UL 94 V-2 V-2 HB V-2 V-2 V-2
Low Smoke ASTM E662 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
Oxygen Index BS ISO 4589 28 28 —28 28 28
Halogen-Free IEC 60754-2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Burning Fume Toxicity BSS-7239 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
Heat Deflection
Temperature @ 1.8 Mpa
ASTM D648
ISO 75 -1/-2 158°F
70°C 158°F
70°C 145°F
63°C 158°F
70°C 158°F
70°C 158°F
70°C
Relative Price — Low Low Low Low Low Med
Product Line Cross Sections
Pan-Ty ®(B1.6 - Note 5) SM, M, I, S LH, H, EH
Super-Grip ®(B1.38) M, I, S, LH H
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty (B1.43) M, I, S LH
Dura-Ty ™(B1.53)
Parallel-Entry (B1.56) M, I, S, HS LH
Sta-Strap ®(B1. 65) M, I, S, LH, H
Specialty Ties (B1.73) H
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓✓✓
✓
✓
✓
✓✓
✓
✓✓
✓
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.3
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Note 1: Also known as Relative
Thermal Index (RTI), see
Temperature (page B1.103)
Note 2: Estimated
Note 3: Based on the UL RTI
for electrical properties
Note 4: See Table B (page B1.102)
Note 5: Also available in 00 material
(meets Mil Spec)
Highest High Acceptable Low Lowest
Recommendation Legend
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. ▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Bundle
Bundle,
Identify Bundle Bundle
Bundle,
Re-use Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle
Flame
Retardant
Nylon 6.6
Flame
Retardant
Nylon 6.6
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 12
Polypropylene
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene
TEFZEL■HALAR▲PEEK
Metal
Detectable
Nylon 6.6
Metal
Detectable
Polypropylene
Weather
Resistant
Acetal
Black Natural Ivory Black Green Black Aqua Blue Maroon Brown Blue Blue Black
60 69 120 109 100 76 702Y 71 86 186 N/A
11,000 11,000 6,700 4,100 4,100 7,500 7,000 15,200 — — 6,500
1.1% 1.1% 0.3% 0.1% 0.1% <0.03% <0.05% 0.5% 1.2% 0.1% <0.45%
1 x 1051 x 1053.5 x 1061 x 1061 x 1062 x 1082 x 1081 x 109—1 x 1066 x 105
1 – 2 1 – 2 12 – 15 17 – 9 >15 >15 — — 1 >20
212°F
100°C
212°F
100°C
194°F
90°C
239°F
115°C
239°F
115°C
338°F
170°C
302°F
150°C
500°F
260°C
(Note 3)
185°F
85°C
239°F
115°C
185°F
85°C
-40°F
-40°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
-76°F
-60°C
V-0 V-0 HB HB HB V-0 V-0 V-0 HB HB HB
PASS PASS — — — — — PASS — — PASS
34 34 — — — 30 52 35 — — —
Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s N o N o Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s
PASS PASS — — — — — — — — —
154°F
68°C
154°F
68°C
122°F
50°C
122°F
50°C
122°F
50°C —149°F
65°C
313°F
156°C
145°F
63°C
122°F
50°C
239°F
115°C
Med Med Med Med Med High High High Low Med Med
✓✓✓✓ ✓✓✓✓✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.4
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Tie Styles Overview
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties Pages B1.6 – B1.37
Dome-Top®Barb Ty Cable Ties Pages B1.43 – B1.55
Parallel-Entry Cable Ties Pages B1.56 – B1.64
• Designed for use in numerous applications
to meet a variety of needs in the OEM,
MRO, and construction markets
• Largest selection of styles, materials,
and sizes
• One-piece construction for consistent
performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece
cable tie in the industry
• Designed for the strength requirements
of the MRO and construction markets
• Thin, wide strap body – flexible,
conforms to bundles
• Strong – withstands rough
installation practices
• Grips wires tightly and resists
lateral movement
• Approved for the demanding MRO and
construction requirements as typified in the
oil and gas markets
• Stainless steel barb provides consistent
performance and reliability
• Infinitely adjustable for tight bundles
throughout entire bundle range
• Dome-top head features unique patented
design with smooth, round edges
• Designed for use in the OEM and
transportation markets
• All parallel-entry ties provide a low profile
head which avoids snags and reduces
overall bundle size
• No protrusion of tie cut-off – protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Contour-Ty ® Cable Ties have outside teeth
and smooth, round edges to protect cable
jacket – perfect for high vibration applications
Super-Grip ®Cable Ties Pages B1.38 – B1.42
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.5
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Network Cable Ties Pages B1.85 – B1.92
Sta-Strap®Cable Ties Pages B1.65 – B1.72
Manual Cable Tie Installation Tools Pages B1.109 – B1.114
Automatic Cable Tie Installation Tools Pages B1.115 – B1.122
• Convenient and easy to use in OEM
manual assembly operations
• Exclusive, two-piece design provides
lowest threading force in the industry
• Use for normal bundling and
through-panel applications
• Releasable prior to final tensioning
and cut-off
• Ideal for the telecommunications, financial,
education, and government markets
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable
• No risk of over-tensioning or damaging high
performance network cables
• Variety of styles, sizes, and colors
• Used in production, maintenance, and
construction applications
• Designed for ease of use and to reduce
repetitive stress injuries
• Full line of lightweight, ergonomic hand
tools – Panduit leads the industry in
reliability and performance
• Flush cut-off of cable tie limits exposure
to sharp edges
• An efficient solution for high volume OEM
harness, assembly, fastening and
packaging applications
• High-speed tools lower installed cost
and reduce operator fatigue
• Wrap, tension, and cut-off cable ties
in less than a second
• Reel-fed systems for miniature and
standard cross section cable ties
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.6
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties
One-piece design for consistent performance and reliability.
Available in lengths from 2.8 to 43.3 inches and a variety of styles, materials, and colors for specific applications.
Curved tip threads easily
and installs faster
Finger grip ensures positive
grip during threading of tie
One-piece locking wedge provides
consistent, reliable performance
Low threading force
reduces operator fatigue
and improves productivity
High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.
Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.7
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selection Guide – Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties
Part Number System for Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.8,9
Releasable Ties/Re-usable PRT B1.22
Clamp Ties/Mount PLC B1.26
Push Mount Ties/Mount PLWP, PRWP, PLUP, PLP B1.28,30,33
Marker Ties/Identify PLF, PLM B1.34
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.10,11
Releasable Ties/Re-usable PRT B1.23,24
Clamp Ties/Mount PLC B1.27
Push Mount Ties/Mount PLWP, PRWP, PLUP, PLP B1.29 – B1.33
Marker Ties/Identify PLF, PLM B1.34
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.12
Releasable Ties/Re-usable PRT B1.23,24
Clamp Ties/Mount PLC B1.27
Push Mount Ties/Mount PLWP, PRLWP, PRWP, PLUP, PLP B1.29 – B1.33
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.13
Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.12
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Natural (39)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.14
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6,
Black (60)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.14
Marker Ties/Identify PLF, PLM B1.34
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6,
Ivory (69)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.15
Weather Resistant Nylon 12,
Black (120)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.16
Polypropylene, Green (109)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.17
Releasable Ties/Re-usable PRT B1.25
Weather Resistant
Polypropylene, Black (100)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.18,19
HALAR▲, Maroon (702)
TEFZEL■, Aqua Blue (76)
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc. ■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Material/Color
PLT 2 S —C
Size
Type Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size
PLT = Locking Tie
PRT = Releasable Tie
PLC = Locking Clamp
PLF = Locking Flag
PLM = Locking Marker
PLP = Locking Push Mount
PLWP = Locking Wing Push Mount
PRLWP = Releasable Ladder Wing Push Mount
PRWP = Releasable Wing Push Mount
PLUP = Locking Umbrella Push Mount
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
SM= Subminiature
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy
(Clamp Ties Only)
-S4 = #4 (M2.5)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S8 = #8 (M4)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4 (M6)
Q=25
L=50
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
VMR = 2 reels/2500 ea.
XMR = 2 reels/5000 ea.
See Page B1.35
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.21
Metal Detectable, Blue (86, 186)
Locking Ties/Bundle PLT B1.20
PEEK, Translucent Brown (71)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.8
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• A variety of materials and colors available for specific applications
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC except
PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H/13H
*UL Listed – meets the requirements of UL 181B-C, for securing UL Listed non-metallic air ducts and air connectors.
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-C 2.8 71 .070 1.8 .030 .8 .60 15 8 36 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLT.7M-C 3.1 79 .090 2.3 .032 .8 .68 17 18 80
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
PLT1M-C 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 100 1000
PLT1.5M-C 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 100 1000
PLT2M-C 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLT1.5I-C 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
PLT2I-C 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
PLT2.5I-C 9.7 246 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 2.50 64 40 178 100 1000
PLT3I-C 11.4 290 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
PLT4I-C 14.5 368 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLT1S-C 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PPTS, PTH,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLT1.5S-C 6.2 157 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 100 1000
PLT2S-C 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
PLT2.5S-C 9.8 249 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 2.50 64 50 222 100 1000
PLT3S-C 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PLT4S-C 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
PLT4.5S-C 15.5 394 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.50 114 50 222 100 1000
PLT5S-C 17.5 445 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 5.00 127 50 222 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) –Plenum-Rated
PLT2H-L 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534
GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
50 500
PLT2.5H-L 9.8 251 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.50 64 120 534 50 500
PLT3H-L 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
PLT4H-L 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
PLT6LH-L 21.9 556 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
PLT7LH-L 24.7 627 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
PLT8LH-L 27.6 701 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
PLT9LH-L*30.5 775 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
PLT10LH-L*34.3 871 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 10.31 262 120 534 50 1000
Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT5H-L*17.7 450 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 5.00 127 175 778
GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
50 500
PLT6H-L*20.9 530 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 6.00 152 175 778 50 500
PLT8H-L* 30.6 779 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 9.00 229 175 778 50 500
PLT13H-Q*43.3 1100 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 13.00 330 175 778 25 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.9
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Ty ®Lashing Ties –Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Strongest Pan-Ty®Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PLT2EH-C 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112
GS4EH, ST3EH
100 1000
PLT5EH-Q 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 25 250
PLT6EH-Q 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 25 250
PLT8EH-C 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 100 1000
PLT10EH-C 34.2 869 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 10.00 254 250 1112 100 500
PLT12EH-C 40.1 1019 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 12.00 305 250 1112 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.10
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor
or outdoor use
• Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Note: UL Listed and UL Recognized except PLT.6SM and PLT2H/2.5H/3H/4H/5H/6H/8H/13H; CSA Certified except LH and H cross sections.
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-C0 2.8 71 .070 1.8 .030 .8 .60 15 8 36 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
Miniature Cross Section
PLT.7M-M0 3.1 79 .090 2.3 .032 .8 .68 17 18 80
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
PLT1M-C0 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 100 1000
PLT1.5M-C0 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 100 1000
PLT2M-C0 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-C0 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
PLT2I-C0 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
PLT2.5I-C0 9.7 246 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 2.50 64 40 178 100 1000
PLT3I-C0 11.4 290 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
PLT4I-C0 14.5 368 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-C0 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLT1.5S-C0 6.2 157 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 100 1000
PLT2S-C0 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
PLT2.5S-C0 9.8 249 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 2.50 64 50 222 100 1000
PLT3S-C0 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PLT4S-C0 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
PLT4.5S-C0 15.5 394 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.50 114 50 222 100 1000
PLT5S-C0 17.5 445 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 5.00 127 50 222 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-L0 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534
GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
PLT2.5H-L0 9.8 251 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.50 64 120 534 50 500
PLT3H-L0 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
PLT4H-L0 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
PLT6LH-L0 21.9 556 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
PLT7LH-L0 24.7 627 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
PLT8LH-L0 27.6 701 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
PLT9LH-L0 30.5 775 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT5H-L0 17.7 450 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 5.00 127 175 778
GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
PLT6H-L0 20.9 530 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 6.00 152 175 778 50 500
PLT8H-L0 30.6 779 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 9.00 229 175 778 50 500
PLT13H-Q0 43.3 1100 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 13.00 330 175 778 25 500
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.11
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Ty ®Lashing Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Strongest Pan-Ty®Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, shown below
No Buckle Design
Lashing Tie
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PLT2EH-Q0 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112
GS4EH, ST3EH
25 250
PLT5EH-Q0 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 25 250
PLT6EH-Q0 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 25 250
PLT8EH-Q0 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 25 250
PLT10EH-Q0 34.2 869 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 10.00 254 250 1112 25 250
PLT12EH-Q0 40.1 1019 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 12.00 305 250 1112 25 250
Extra-Heavy Cross Section (No Buckle Design)
PLT3EH-NB-C0 12.2 310 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 3.30 84 250 1112
GS4EH, ST3EH
100 1000
PLT5EH-NB-C0 19.8 503 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 100 1000
PLT6EH-NB-C0 21.8 554 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 100 1000
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Converts Panduit lashing ties into clamps
• Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
• Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.22,
B1.24 and B1.25
Lashing Tie Mounting Clip –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
A
B
C
Part Number
Height
A
Width
B
Length
CMounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
MCEH-S25-C0 .13 3.3 .67 17.0 1.38 35 1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead) 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.12
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
*Natural heat stabilized material (39).
Note: UL Listed except PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H.
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-M30 2.8 71 .070 1.8 .030 .8 .60 15 8 36 GTS, GTSL, PTS 1000 50000
Miniature Cross Section
PLT.7M-M30 3.1 79 .090 2.3 .032 .8 .68 17 18 80
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
PLT1M-C30 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 100 1000
PLT1.5M-M30 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 1000 50000
PLT2M-M30 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-C30 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
PLT2I-C30 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
PLT3I-M30 11.4 290 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 1000 10000
PLT4I-M30 14.5 368 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-M30 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLT1.5S-M30 6.2 157 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 1000 10000
PLT2S-C30 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
PLT2S-M39*7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 1000 10000
PLT2.5S-M30 9.8 249 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 2.50 64 50 222 1000 10000
PLT3S-C30 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PLT4S-C30 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
PLT5S-M30 17.5 445 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 5.00 127 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL30 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534
GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLT3H-TL30 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 250 2500
PLT4H-TL30 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 250 2500
PLT7LH-C30 24.7 627 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 7.00 178 120 534 100 2000
PLT9LH-C30 30.5 775 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 9.00 229 120 534 100 1000
Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT5H-C30 17.7 450 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 5.00 127 175 778 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
100 2000
PLT6H-C30 20.9 530 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 6.00 152 175 778 100 2000
PLT8H-C30 30.6 779 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 9.00 229 175 778 100 1500
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.13
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light and for
high temperature applications up to 212°F (100°C) – indoor
or outdoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M300 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M300 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
PLT2I-M300 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-M300 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLT2S-M300 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 1000 10000
PLT4S-M300 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL300 8.4 213 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLT4H-TL300 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 250 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.14
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M60* 4.0 102 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
PLT1M-M69 4.0 102 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 1000 25000
PLT2M-M69 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M69 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .044 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
PLT2I-M69 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .044 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M60* 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLT2S-M69 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 1000 10000
PLT4S-M69 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT4H-TL69 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability
for the cable bundle
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
Cable Tie Mounts –Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.
*Black flame retardant material (60).
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except 60 material.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties*
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Counterbore
Diameter Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
TM1S4-M69 M0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 0.23 5.7 #4 (M2.5) Screw 1000 5000
TM1S6-M69 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 0.28 7.0 #6 (M3) Screw 1000 5000
TM2S6-M69 M, I, S 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 0.29 7.1 #6 (M3) Screw 1000 5000
TM2S8-M69 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 0.33 8.4 #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
TM3S8-C69 M, I, S, LH 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.5 0.37 9.4 0.32 8.1 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
TM3S10-M69 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.8 0.37 9.4 0.38 9.7 #10 (M5) Screw 1000 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.15
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For high moisture, corrosive (zinc chloride and dilute acids), and
low temperature indoor or outdoor applications
• Cable tie of choice for making attachments to galvanized surfaces
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 12
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M120 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 25 111 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M120 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLT4S-M120 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT4H-TL120 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 90 400 GTH, GTSL, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLT8LH-C120 27.6 701 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 8.00 203 90 400 100 2000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.16
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength
is not required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid,
salts, and bases
• For indoor use
• Material requires lowering the tool setting (see table below)
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Polypropylene –Distinctive Green Color
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Tool
Setting
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M109 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 11 49 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 21000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M109 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 3 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M109 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 30 133
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
5 (GTS,
GS2B,
PTS,
PPTS)
2 (GTH,
GS4H)
1000 10000
PLT3S-M109 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 30 133 1000 10000
PLT4S-M109 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 30 133 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL109 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 50 222 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
5 250 2500
PLT3H-TL109 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 50 222 5 250 2500
PLT4H-TL109 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 50 222 5 250 2500
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.17
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not
required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts,
and bases
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Material requires lowering the tool setting (see table below)
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Polypropylene
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Tool
Setting
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M100 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 11 49 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 2 1000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M100 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 3 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M100 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 30 133
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTS, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
5 (GTS,
GS2B,
PTS,
PPTS)
2 (GTH,
GS4H)
1000 10000
PLT3S-M100 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 30 133 1000 10000
PLT4S-M100 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 30 133 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL100 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 50 222 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
5 250 2500
PLT3H-TL100 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 50 222 5 250 2500
PLT4H-TL100 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 50 222 5 250 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.18
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC,
Section 300-22 (C) and (D)
• Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating of UL 94V-0
• Commonly accepted solution for bundling qualified cable
without conduit in air handling space applications
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –HALAR▲–Distinctive Maroon Color
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLT1M-C702Y 4.0 102 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLT2S-C702Y 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .055 1.4 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLT3S-C702Y 11.6 295 .190 4.8 .055 1.4 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.19
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –TEFZEL■–Distinctive Aqua Blue Color
■■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C76 4.0 102 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C76 8.0 203 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 2.00 51 25 111 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C76 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .055 1.4 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLT3S-C76 11.6 295 .190 4.8 .059 1.5 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PLT4S-C76 14.6 371 .190 4.8 .059 1.5 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L76 11.5 292 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 78 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
PLT4H-L76 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the
cable bundle
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy.
Cable Tie Mounts –TEFZEL■
• Ideal for applications requiring resistance to environmental
stresses such as chemical attack, gamma radiation, ultraviolet
radiation and extreme high and low temperatures
• Ideal for use in nuclear power facilities and chemical processing
plants and meets the requirements of IEEE 383
• Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating of UL 94V-0
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• For indoor or outdoor use
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties*
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Counterbore
Diameter Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
TM2S8-C76 M, I, S .63 16.0 .43 10.8 .28 7.0 .30 7.6 #8 (M4) screw 100 500
TM3S8-C76 S, LH .86 21.7 .62 15.5 .38 9.5 .37 9.4 #8 (M4) screw 100 500
TM3S10-C76 .86 21.7 .62 15.8 .38 9.5 .37 9.4 #10 (M5) screw 100 500
■■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.20
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Ideal for harsh environments where a cable tie material
is required to hold up to chemical or radiation exposure
• Non-conductive material that is excellent for high temperature
applications up to 500°F (260°C)
• High strength properties over a wide range of temperatures
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 with low smoke and toxicity;
halogen-free
• PEEK material meets MIL specification MIL-P-46183,
and is approved for use by the Department of Defense
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –PEEK (Polyetheretherketone)
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle • Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface where
overhead space is limited
Cable Tie Mounts – (Polyetheretherketone)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties
A
Length
In.
(mm)
B
Width
In.
(mm)
C
Height
In.
(mm)
Counterbore
Diameter
In.
(mm)
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TM2S8-C71 Min.,
Std.
.636
(16.2)
.427
(10.8)
.278
(7.1)
.335
(8.5)
#8 (M4)
screw
100 500
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C71 3.9 99 0.098 2.5 0.048 1.2 0.87 22 35 156 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
PLT1.5M-C71 5.8 147 0.098 2.5 0.048 1.2 1.38 35 35 156 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C71 7.4 188 0.190 4.8 0.055 1.4 1.88 48 150 668 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS, STS2,
STH2
100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.21
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties –Metal Detectable Nylon 6.6 and Polypropylene
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
• Metal impregnated material allows identification by metal detectors
or x-ray inspection equipment to help meet food, beverage, and
pharmaceutical safety standards, to help reduce product
contamination, loss, and recall
• Nylon material for general purpose maintenance and repair
applications; ideal for use in control panels and overhead cable runs
• Polypropylene material provides excellent chemical resistance for
use in processing and packaging areas where aggressive acid and
alkaline chemicals are use to clean the equipment
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool Material
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C86 3.9 100 .098 2.5 .044 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2
Nylon 6.6 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C86 8.0 203 .135 3.4 .047 1.2 2.00 51 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2
Nylon 6.6 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C86 7.3 186 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 1.85 47 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H,
STS2, STH2
Nylon 6.6 100 1000
PLT3S-C86 11.5 291 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 3.00 76 50 222 Nylon 6.6 100 1000
PLT4S-C86 14.4 366 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 4.00 102 50 222 Nylon 6.6 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L86 11.1 282 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 120 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, STH2,
ST3EH
Nylon 6.6 50 500
PLT4H-L86 14.4 366 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 120 Nylon 6.6 50 500
Polypropylene
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C186 3.9 100 0.098 2.5 0.044 1.1 0.87 22 15 67 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2
Polypropylene 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C186 8.0 203 .135 3.4 .047 1.2 2.00 51 24 107 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2
Polypropylene 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C186 7.3 186 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 1.85 47 30 133 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H,
STS2, STH2
Polypropylene 100 1000
PLT3S-C186 11.5 291 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 3.00 76 30 133 Polypropylene 100 1000
PLT4S-C186 14.4 366 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 4.00 102 30 133 Polypropylene 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L186 11.1 282 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 60 267 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, STH2,
ST3EH
Polypropylene 50 500
PLT4H-L186 14.4 366 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 60 267 Polypropylene 50 500
Part Number Material
Used
with
Cable
Ties
A
Length
In.
(mm)
B
Width
In.
(mm)
C
Height
In.
(mm)
Counterbore
Diameter
In. (mm)
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Cable Tie Mounts
TM2S8-C86
Nylon 6.6
Min., Int.,
Std.
.630
(16.0)
.422
(10.7)
.275
(7.0) .325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw 100 500
TM3S8-C86 Std.,
Lt. Hvy.
.867
(22.0)
.614
(15.6)
.373
(9.5) .325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw 100 500
TM3S10-C86 #10 (M5) screw 100 500
TM2S8-C186
Polypropylene
Min., Int.,
Std.
.630
(16.0)
.422
(10.7)
.275
(7.0) .325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw 100 500
TM3S8-C186 Std.,
Lt. Hvy.
.867
(22.0)
.614
(15.6)
.373
(9.5) .325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw 100 500
TM3S10-C186 #10 (M5) screw 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.22
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
changes are anticipated during development, production, or
servicing in the field
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
except PR2H/3H/4H
Pan-Ty ®Releasable Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
• For indoor use
• Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes are
anticipated during development, production, or servicing in the field
• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Strongest Pan-Ty ®Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24
Pan-Ty ®Releasable Lashing Ties –Nylon 6.6
To release, grasp the head of the
cable tie, deflect release tab, and pull
the cable tie away from the bundle.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
PRT1S-C 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222
Hand install only
100 1000
PRT1.5S-C 6.3 160 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 100 1000
PRT2S-C 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
PRT3S-C 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PRT4S-C 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PRT2H-L 8.4 213 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 80 356
Hand install only
50 500
PRT3H-L 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 80 356 50 500
PRT4H-L 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 80 356 50 500
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-C 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112
Hand install only
100 1000
PRT5EH-Q 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 25 250
PRT6EH-Q 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 25 250
PRT8EH-C 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 100 1000
PRT10EH-C 34.2 869 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 10.00 254 250 1112 100 500
PRT12EH-C 40.1 1019 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 12.00 305 250 1112 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.23
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
changes are anticipated during development, production,
or servicing in the field
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Releasable Cable Ties –Weather Resistant and
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Listed, UL Recognized, and CSA Certified, except PRT2H/3H/4H.
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
To release, grasp the head of the
cable tie, deflect release tab, and pull
the cable tie away from the bundle.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PRT1S-C0 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222
Hand install only
100 1000
PRT1.5S-C0 6.3 160 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 100 1000
PRT2S-C0 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
PRT3S-C0 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PRT4S-C0 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PRT2H-L0 8.4 213 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 80 356
Hand install only
50 500
PRT3H-L0 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 80 356 50 500
PRT4H-L0 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 80 356 50 500
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PRT1.5S-M30 6.3 160 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 Hand install only 1000 10000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.24
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications up to
239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes are
anticipated during development, production, or servicing in the field
• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Strongest Pan-Ty®Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip shown below
Pan-Ty ®Releasable Lashing Ties –Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Converts Panduit lashing ties into clamps
• Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
• Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.22, B1.24
and B1.25
Lashing Tie Mounting Clip –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
A
B
C
Part Number
Height
A
Width
B
Length
CMounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
MCEH-S25-C0 .13 3.3 .67 17.0 1.38 35 1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead) 100 1000
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-Q0 9.0 229 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112
Hand install only
25 250
PRT5EH-Q0 20.1 511 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 25 250
PRT6EH-Q0 22.2 564 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 25 250
PRT8EH-Q0 28.3 719 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 25 250
PRT10EH-Q0 34.2 869 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 10.00 254 250 1112 25 250
PRT12EH-Q0 40.1 1019 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 12.00 305 250 1112 25 250
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT5EH-C30 20.1 511 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 Hand install only 100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.25
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not
required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts,
and bases
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes
are anticipated during development, production, or servicing
in the field
• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24
Pan-Ty ®Releasable Lashing Ties –Weather Resistant Polypropylene
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-C100 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 90 400
Hand install only
100 1000
PRT5EH-C100 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 90 400 100 1000
PRT6EH-C100 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 90 400 100 1000
PRT8EH-C100 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 90 400 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.26
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a control
panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
Pan-Ty ®Clamp Ties –Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia. Screw
Size
Metric
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLC1M-S4-C 4.3 109 .100 2.5 .045 1.1 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .75 19 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLC1.5I-S8-C 6.1 155 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLC2S-S6-C 7.9 201 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .148 3.8 #6 M3 1.84 47 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLC2S-S10-C 7.9 201 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.84 47 50 222 100 1000
PLC3S-S10-C 12.0 305 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .200 5.1 #10 M5 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PLC4S-S10-C 15.0 381 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
PLC2H-S25-L 9.0 229 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
PLC4H-S25-L 15.1 384 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.27
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a
control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Clamp Ties –Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLC2H/4H in Weather Resistant material (0).
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia. Screw
Size
Metric
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLC1M-S4-C0 4.3 109 .100 2.5 .045 1.1 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .75 19 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLC1.5I-S8-C0 6.1 155 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLC2S-S6-C0 7.9 201 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .148 3.8 #6 M3 1.84 47 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLC2S-S10-C0 7.9 201 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.84 47 50 222 100 1000
PLC3S-S10-C0 12.0 305 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
PLC4S-S10-C0 15.0 381 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-TL0 9.0 229 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLC4H-S25-L0 15.1 384 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLC1M-S4-M30 4.3 109 .100 2.5 .045 1.1 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .75 19 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLC1.5I-S8-M30 6.1 155 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLC2S-S10-M30 7.9 201 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.84 47 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLC4S-S10-M30 15.0 381 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-TL30 9.0 229 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLC4H-S25-TL30 15.1 384 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 250 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.28
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Wing Push Mount Ties –Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLWP2H/3H.
PLWP_SA
Head Design
PLWP_SB
Head Design
PLWP_H
Head Design
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
PLWP1M-C 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .044 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLWP1.5I-C 6.0 152 .135 3.4 .045 1.2 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-C 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLWP1SA-D 5.1 130 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
PLWP1SB-D 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .157 4.0 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
PLWP1.5S-D 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
PLWP1.5SA-D 6.7 170 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
PLWP2S-C 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 100 1000
PLWP2SA-D 7.7 196 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
PLWP2SB-D 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .157 4.0 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLWP2H-TL 8.9 226 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLWP3H-TL 12.0 305 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 3.00 76 120 534 250 2500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.29
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Wing Push Mount Ties –Weather Resistant and
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLWP2H/3H.
PLWP_H
Head Design
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLWP1M-D0 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .044 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
500 5000
Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-C0 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLWP2S-C0 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLWP2H-TL0 8.9 226 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLWP3H-TL0 12.0 305 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 3.00 76 120 534 250 2500
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLWP1M-D30 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .044 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
500 5000
Intermediate Cross Section
PLWP1.5I-D30 6.0 152 .135 3.4 .045 1.2 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
500 5000
Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-D30 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 5000
PLWP1.5S-D30 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
PLWP2S-D30 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLWP2H-TL30 8.9 226 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PRWP_SA
Head Design
PRWP_SB
Head Design
PRWP_H
Head Design
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.30
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
changes are anticipated during development, production,
or servicing in the field
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Releasable Wing Push Mount Ties
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PRWP2H.
PRWP2S-D PRWP2S-D0
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PRWP1S-C 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222
Hand install
only
100 1000
PRWP1SA-D 5.1 130 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
PRWP1SB-D 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .157 4.0 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
PRWP1.5S-D 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
PRWP2S-D 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PRWP2H-TL 8.9 226 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 2.00 51 120 534 Hand install
only 250 2500
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PRWP1S-D0 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222 Hand install
only
500 5000
PRWP1.5S-D0 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
PRWP2S-D0 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PRWP1.5S-D30 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 Hand install
only 500 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.31
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Used to center the bundle over the mount on all bundle diameters
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Center Mounted Wing Push Mount Ties –Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Bundle diameters
from .12" to 1.97"
(3mm to 50mm)
PLWP-SC – Designed for normal
wire bundles.
PLWP-SD – Designed for corrugated
loom tubing. Bump prevents lateral
and axial movement.
PLWP-SE – Designed for corrugated
loom tubing, see page C3.11.
Bump prevents lateral movement.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Standard Cross Section
PLWP30SC-D30 5.8 147 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.18 30 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 5000
PLWP40SC-D30 7.0 178 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.58 40 50 222 500 5000
PLWP40SD-D30 7.0 178 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.58 40 50 222 500 5000
PLWP50SC-D30 8.2 208 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.97 50 50 222 500 5000
PLWP50SE-D30 8.2 208 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.97 50 50 222 500 5000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.32
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Ty ®Ladder Style Releasable Wing Push Mount Ties –
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Quick, secure way to fasten to clearance holes in panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole in a light
gauge metal or plastic and locks in place
• Umbrella shaped disk provides constant tension for a stable,
secure, and rattle-free installation
• Disk forms a dust-tight and semi-liquid tight seal to the
panel surface
• PLUP40SE style is for use with corrugated loom tubing,
see page C3.11
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Umbrella Wing Push Mount Ties –Nylon and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
*Heat stabilized material (30).
PLUP40SE
Head Design
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Unique releasable ladder design eliminates the need
for multiple clamp sizes
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Standard Cross Section
PRLWP30S-D30 4.7 119 .380 9.7 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.43 36 35 156 Hand install
only
500 5000
PRLWP50S-D30 7.1 180 .380 9.7 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 2.18 55 35 156 500 5000
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Standard Cross Section
PLUP40S-D30* 7.0 177 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .266 6.8 .050 1.3 1.57 40 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 5000
PLUP40SE-D 7.0 177 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .266 6.8 .050 1.3 1.57 40 50 222 500 5000
PLUP40SE-D30* 7.0 177 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .266 6.8 .050 1.3 1.57 40 50 222 500 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.33
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
•
Wingless
design allows tie to be used in confined spaces
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Economical push mount ties are used to attach bundles to another
surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Push Mount Ties
PLP2S-C PLP2S-M0
PLP1.5I
Head Design
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-M0 6.1 156 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M0 5.3 135 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLP2S-M0 7.9 200 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.75 45 50 222 1000 10000
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-M30 6.1 156 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M30 5.3 135 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLP2S-M30 7.9 200 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.75 45 50 222 1000 10000
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-C 6.1 156 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M 5.3 135 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLP1.5S-M 6.7 170 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.50 38 50 222 1000 10000
PLP2S-C 7.9 200 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.75 45 50 222 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.34
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL 94V-0 –
for indoor use
• Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Can be marked with Panduit marker pens on page B1.51
or computer printable labels
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Marker and Flag Ties
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-C0 Flag 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .31 x .75 7.9 x 19.1 .87 22 18 80
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
PLF1MA-M0 Flag 5.1 130 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 .87 22 18 80 1000 10000
PLM1M-C0 Wrap 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 .75 19 18 80 100 1000
PLM2M-M0 Wrap 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
PLM2S-C0 Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .44 x .87 11.1 x 22.1 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLM4S-D0 Wrap 14.6 371 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .44 x 2.00 11.1 x 50.8 4.00 102 50 222 500 5000
PL2M2S-L0 Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .87 x 1.07 22.1 x 27.2 1.75 45 50 222 50 500
PL3M2S-D0 Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .87 x 1.79 22.1 x 45.5 1.75 45 50 222 500 2500
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-M69 Flag 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .31 x .75 7.9 x 19.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
PLM1M-M69 Wrap 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 .75 19 18 80 1000 25000
Part
Number
Marker
Type
Length Width Thickness
Marker
Write-On
Area
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-C Flag 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .31 x .75 7.9 x 19.1 .87 22 18 80
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
PLF1MA-C Flag 5.1 130 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 .87 22 18 80 100 1000
PLF1MB-C Flag 4.0 101 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .31 x .92 7.9 x 23.4 .75 19 18 80 100 1000
PLF1MC-M Flag 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .29 x .32 7.4 x 8.0 .87 22 18 80 1000 25000
PLM1M-C Wrap 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 .75 19 18 80 100 1000
PLM2M-C Wrap 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
PLM2S-C Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .44 x .87 11.1 x 22.1 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLM4S-C Wrap 14.6 371 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .44 x 2.00 11.1 x 50.8 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
PL2M2S-L Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .87 x 1.07 22.1 x 27.2 1.75 45 50 222 50 500
PL3M2S-L Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .87 x 1.79 22.1 x 45.5 1.75 45 50 222 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.35
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓✓
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black
(meets Mil. Spec.) 00
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y
Nylon 6.6 Green 5
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
Nylon 6.6 White 10
Nylon 6.6 Telephone Gray 14
Nylon 6.6 Black 20
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39
Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Orange 53
Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Yellow 54
Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Green 55
Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Pink 59
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Black 60
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
PEEK (Polyetheretherketone) Translucent Brown 71
TEFZEL■Aqua Blue 76
Metal Detectable, Nylon Blue 86
Metal Detectable, Polypropylene Blue 186
Weather Resistant Polypropylene Black 100
Polypropylene Green 109
Nylon 12 Black 120
Heat Stabilized Weather Black 300
Resistant Nylon 6.6
HALAR▲Maroon 702Y
Material and Color Chart
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Part Number Availability List
List continues on page B1.36
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
PLC1M-S4-C ✓✓0PLC1M-S4-M ✓✓0,30
PLC1.5I-S8-C ✓✓0PLC1.5I-S8-M ✓✓0,30
PLC2S-S6-C ✓✓0PLC2S-S6-M ✓✓0
PLC2S-S10-C ✓✓0,14 PLC2S-S10-M ✓✓0,20,30
PLC3S-S10-C ✓✓0PLC3S-S10-M ✓✓0
PLC4S-S10-C ✓✓0PLC4S-S10-M ✓✓0,30
PLC2H-S25-L ✓✓PLC2H-S25-TL ✓✓0,30
PLC4H-S25-L ✓✓0PLC4H-S25-TL ✓✓0,30
PLF1M-C ✓✓0PLF1M-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,6,10,69
PLF1MA-C ✓✓3,4Y PLF1MA-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,5,6,10
PLF1MB-C ✓✓PLF1MB-M ✓✓
PLF1MC-M 3
PLM1M-C ✓✓0PLM1M-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,69
PLM2M-C ✓✓PLM2M-M ✓✓0,4Y,6
PLM2S-C ✓✓0,4Y PLM2S-D ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8
PLM4S-C ✓✓PLM4S-D ✓✓0,2,4Y,6
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.36
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties (continued)
Material/Color Suffix
Natural
Nylon 6.6Part NumberMaterial/Color Suffix
Natural
Nylon 6.6Part Number
Bulk PackagingStandard Packaging
PL2M2S-L ✓✓0PL2M2S-D ✓✓0,4Y,10
PL3M2S-L ✓✓PL3M2S-D ✓✓0,4Y
PLP1.5I-C ✓✓PLP1.5I-M ✓✓0,30
PLP1S-M ✓✓0,30
PLP1.5S-M ✓✓
PLP2S-C ✓✓PLP2S-M ✓✓0,30
PLT.6SM-C ✓✓0PLT.6SM-M ✓✓0,30
PLT.7M-C ✓✓PLT.7M-M ✓✓0,30
PLT1M-C ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,30,
71,76,86,186,702Y PLT1M-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,55,
59,60,69,76,100,109,300,702Y
PLT1M-XMR ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30
PLT1.5M-C ✓✓0PLT1.5M-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30
PLT1.5M-XMR ✓✓0,00,30
PLT2M-C ✓✓0PLT2M-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69
PLT1.5I-C ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30 PLT1.5I-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69,100,109,
120,300
PLT2I-C ✓✓0,14,30,76,86,186 PLT2I-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,55,
59,69,76,300
PLT2.5I-C ✓✓0PLT2.5I-M ✓✓0,20
PLT3I-C ✓✓0,14 PLT3I-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,10,14,20,30
PLT4I-C ✓✓0,14 PLT4I-M ✓✓0,2,5,6,14,20,30
PLT1S-C ✓✓0PLT1S-M ✓✓0,30,38,300
PLT1.5S-C ✓✓0PLT1.5S-M ✓✓0,30
PLT2S-C ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,
71,76,86,186,702Y PLT2S-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,38,39,53,54,
55,59,60,69,71,76,100,109,120,300,702Y
PLT2S-VMR ✓0,30
PLT2.5S-C ✓✓0PLT2.5S-M ✓✓0,30
PLT3S-C ✓✓0,00,2,20,30,76,86,186,702Y PLT3S-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,53,54,55,59,
76,100,109,702Y
PLT4S-C ✓✓0,00,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,20,30,76,86,
186 PLT4S-M ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,69,76,
100,109,120,300
PLT4.5S-C ✓✓0PLT4.5S-M ✓✓0
PLT5S-C ✓✓0PLT5S-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,30
PLT6LH-L ✓✓0PLT6LH-C ✓✓0
PLT7LH-L ✓✓0PLT7LH-C ✓✓0,30
PLT8LH-L ✓✓0PLT8LH-C ✓✓0,120
PLT8LH-Q 0
PLT9LH-L ✓✓0PLT9LH-C ✓✓0,30
PLT10LH-L ✓✓PLT10LH-C ✓✓
PLT2H-L ✓✓0PLT2H-TL ✓✓0,2,4Y,6,30,100,109,300
PLT2.5H-L ✓✓0PLT2.5H-TL ✓✓0
PLT3H-L ✓✓0,76,86,186 PLT3H-TL ✓✓0,30,76,100,109
PLT4H-L ✓✓0,00,76,86,186 PLT4H-TL ✓✓0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,10,20,30,69,76,100,109,
120,300
PLT4H-C ✓✓0
PLT5H-L ✓✓0PLT5H-C ✓✓0,30
PLT6H-L ✓✓0PLT6H-C ✓✓0,30
PLT8H-L ✓✓0PLT8H-C ✓✓0,00,30
PLT8H-L ✓✓0
PLT13H-Q ✓✓0PLT13H-C ✓✓0,3
Material/Color Suffix
Natural
Nylon 6.6Part NumberMaterial/Color Suffix
Natural
Nylon 6.6Part Number
Bulk PackagingStandard Packaging
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.37
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
PLT2EH-Q 0PLT2EH-C ✓✓0
PLT3EH-NB-C 0
PLT5EH-Q ✓✓0PLT5EH-C ✓✓0
PLT5EH-NB-C 0
PLT6EH-Q ✓✓0PLT6EH-C ✓✓0
PLT6EH-NB-C 0
PLT8EH-Q 0PLT8EH-C ✓✓0
PLT10EH-Q 0PLT10EH-C ✓✓0
PLT12EH-Q 0PLT12EH-C ✓✓0
PLUP40S-D 30
PLUP40SE-D ✓✓30
PLWP1M-C ✓✓PLWP1M-D ✓✓0,30
PLWP1.5I-C ✓✓PLWP1.5I-D ✓✓30
PLWP1S-C ✓✓0PLWP1S-D ✓✓0,20,30
PLWP1SA-D ✓✓
PLWP1SB-D ✓✓
PLWP1.5S-D ✓✓30
PLWP1.5SA-D ✓✓
PLWP2S-C ✓✓0PLWP2S-D ✓✓0,30
PLWP2SA-D ✓✓
PLWP2SB-D ✓✓
PLWP2H-TL ✓✓0,30
PLWP3H-TL ✓✓0
PLWP30SC-D 30
PLWP40SC-D 30
PLWP40SD-D 30
PLWP50SC-D 30
PLWP50SE-D 30
PRLWP30S-D 30
PRLWP50S-D 30
PRT1S-C ✓✓0PRT1S-M ✓✓0
PRT1.5S-C ✓✓0PRT1.5S-M ✓✓0,30
PRT2S-C ✓✓0PRT2S-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,6,7
PRT3S-C ✓✓0PRT3S-M ✓✓0
PRT4S-C ✓✓0PRT4S-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,6
PRT2H-L ✓✓0PRT2H-TL ✓✓0
PRT3H-L ✓✓0PRT3H-TL ✓✓0
PRT4H-L ✓✓0PRT4H-TL ✓✓0
PRT2EH-Q 0PRT2EH-C ✓✓0,100
PRT5EH-Q ✓✓0PRT5EH-C ✓✓0,100
PRT6EH-Q ✓✓0PRT6EH-C ✓✓0,100
PRT8EH-Q 0PRT8EH-C ✓✓0,100
PRT10EH-Q 0PRT10EH-C ✓✓0
PRT12EH-Q 0PRT12EH-C ✓✓0
PRWP1S-C ✓✓PRWP1S-D ✓✓0
PRWP1SA-D ✓✓
PRWP1SB-D ✓✓
PRWP1.5S-D ✓✓0,20,30
PRWP2S-D ✓✓0
PRWP2H-TL ✓✓
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.38
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Super-Grip ®Cable Ties
One-piece design with a thin, wide strap body for improved flexibility.
Dome shaped head and smooth,
round strap body protect the
cable insulation
Curved, tapered tip threads
easily and installs faster
Aggressive grips allow temporary
threading of tie before the strap
teeth are engaged
One-piece locking wedge provides
consistent, reliable performance
Strong locking wedge improves
strength and allows for
rough handling
Thin, flared neck tolerates rough
installation practices and improves
small bundle performance
High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
Thin, wide strap body provides
increased flexibility while
maintaining loop tensile strength
Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.107 – B1.112.
Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.7, B2.11,
B2.13, B2.21.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.39
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Material/Color
SG 200 S C
Length
Type Cross Section Package Size
SG = Locking Tie Approx.
Length
(mm)
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
L=50
C = 100
TL = 250
M = 1000
See Page B1.42
—
Locking Ties/Bundle SG B1.40
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Locking Ties/Bundle SG B1.41
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Locking Ties/Bundle SG B1.41
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
Selection Guide – Super-Grip ®Cable Ties
Part Number System for Super-Grip®Cable Ties
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.40
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Super-Grip ®Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral movement of the
tie once installed
• High strength allows the tie to withstand rough installation practices
that occur in MRO and construction environments
• Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to conform to
bundle while maintaining tensile strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
• Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.7, B2.11, B2.13
and B2.21
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
SG100M-C 4.2 106 .118 3.0 .038 1.0 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
SG150I-C 6.2 157 .168 4.3 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
SG200S-C 8.3 211 .225 5.7 .046 1.2 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
SG250S-C 10.4 264 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 2.60 66 75 334 100 1000
SG300S-C 12.4 315 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 3.20 81 75 334 100 1000
SG370S-C 15.3 389 .225 5.7 .052 1.3 4.20 107 75 334 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
SG350LH-L 15.3 389 .330 8.4 .064 1.6 4.13 105 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
Heavy Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
SG450H-L 18.6 471 .380 9.7 .068 1.7 5.20 132 175 778 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.41
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Super-Grip ®Cable Ties –Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications up to
239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral movement of the
tie once installed
• High strength allows the tie to withstand rough installation
practices that occur in MRO and construction environments
• Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to conform to
bundle while maintaining tensile strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.7, B2.11, B2.13
and B2.21
Note: UL Listed and CSA Certified except SG450H-L0 and heat stabilized material (30).
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
SG100M-C0 4.2 106 .118 3.0 .038 1.0 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
SG150I-C0 6.2 157 .168 4.3 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
Standard Cross Section
SG200S-C0 8.3 211 .225 5.7 .046 1.2 2.00 51 50 222
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
SG250S-C0 10.4 264 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 2.60 66 75 334 100 1000
SG300S-C0 12.4 315 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 3.20 81 75 334 100 1000
SG370S-C0 15.3 389 .225 5.7 .052 1.3 4.20 107 75 334 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SG350LH-L0 15.3 389 .330 8.4 .064 1.6 4.13 105 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
Heavy Cross Section
SG450H-L0 18.6 471 .380 9.7 .068 1.7 5.20 132 175 778 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SG200S-M30 8.3 211 .225 5.7 .046 1.2 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
SG300S-M30 12.4 315 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 3.20 81 70 311 1000 10000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SG350LH-TL30 15.3 389 .330 8.4 .064 1.6 4.13 105 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.42
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Super-Grip ®Cable Ties and Mounts
Material and Color Chart
Part Number Availability List
✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
SG100M-C ✓0SG100M-M ✓0
SG150I-C ✓0SG150I-M ✓0
SG200S-C ✓0SG200S-M ✓0,30
SG250S-C ✓0
SG300S-C ✓0SG300S-M ✓0,30
SG370S-C ✓0SG370S-M ✓0
SG350LH-L ✓0SG350LH-TL ✓0,30
SG450H-L ✓0SG450H-C ✓0
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.43
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Dome-Top®Barb Ty Cable Ties
Curved tip threads easily
and installs faster
Finger grip ensures positive
grip during threading of tie
Stainless steel locking barb provides
infinite adjustability through entire
bundle range
Dome-top head features unique
patented design with round,
smooth edges
Patented low thread force design
reduces operator fatigue and
improves productivity
Ribbed and stippled strap body
prevents lateral movement on
the bundle
High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
Two-piece design incorporates a stainless steel locking barb in a nylon cable tie.
Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.
Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.44
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selection Guide – Dome-Top®Barb Ty and Dura-Ty ™Cable Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle BT B1.45
Clamp Ties/Mount BC B1.48
Push Mount Ties/Mount BW B1.50
Marker Ties/Identify BF, BM, B2M, B3M, B4M B1.52
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty
Cable Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle BT B1.46
Clamp Ties/Mount BC B1.49
Push Mount Ties/Mount BW, BP B1.50,51
Marker Ties/Identify BF, BM, B2M, B3M, B4M B1.52
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Locking Ties/Bundle BT B1.47
Clamp Ties/Mount BC B1.49
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Locking Ties/Bundle BT B1.47
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Natural (39)
Locking Ties/Bundle DT B1.53
Weather Resistant
Acetal, Black
Dura-Ty™
Cable
Ties,
Strapping,
and Kits
Part Number System for Dome-Top®Barb Ty and Dura-Ty ™Cable Ties
Material/Color
BT 2 S —C
Size
Type Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size
BT = Locking Tie
BC = Clamp Tie
BF = Flag Tie
BM = Marker Tie
BP = Push Mount Tie
BW= Wing Push Mount Tie
DT = Locking Tie
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy
(Clamp Ties Only)
-S4 = #4 (M2.5)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S8 = #8 (M4)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4 (M6)
Q = 25
L = 50
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
LR = 50' Reel
See Page B1.54
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.45
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Dome-top head features unique patented design with round,
smooth edges
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• High strength and low thread force
• A variety of materials and colors are available for
specific applications
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
BT1M-C 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .036 .9 .90 23 18 80
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
BT1.5M-C 6.3 160 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 1.50 38 18 80 100 1000
BT2M-C 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
BT4M-C 14.2 361 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 4.00 102 18 80 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
BT1.5I-C 6.1 155 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 1.50 38 40 178
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
BT2I-C 8.0 203 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
BT3I-C 11.3 287 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
BT4I-C 14.3 363 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
BT2S-C 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
BT3S-C 12.0 305 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
BT4S-C 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) – Plenum-Rated
BT2LH-L 8.7 221 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 2.00 51 120 534
GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
BT3LH-L 11.8 300 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
BT4LH-L 14.9 378 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
BT5LH-L 18.1 460 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 5.00 127 120 534 50 500
BT6LH-L 21.2 538 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
BT7LH-L 24.4 620 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
BT8LH-L 27.5 699 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
BT9LH-L 30.7 780 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.46
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Dome-top head features unique patented design with round,
smooth edges
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• High strength and low thread force
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except LH cross section.
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
BT1M-C0 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .036 .9 .90 23 18 80
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
BT1.5M-C0 6.3 160 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 1.50 38 18 80 100 1000
BT2M-C0 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
BT4M-C0 14.2 361 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 4.00 102 18 80 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
BT1.5I-C0 6.1 155 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 1.50 38 40 178
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
BT2I-C0 8.0 203 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
BT3I-C0 11.3 287 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
BT4I-C0 14.3 363 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
BT2S-C0 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
BT3S-C0 12.0 305 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
BT4S-C0 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BT2LH-L0 8.7 221 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 2.00 51 120 534
GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
BT3LH-L0 11.8 300 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
BT4LH-L0 14.9 378 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
BT5LH-L0 18.1 460 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 5.00 127 120 534 50 500
BT6LH-L0 21.2 538 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
BT7LH-L0 24.4 620 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
BT8LH-L0 27.5 699 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
BT9LH-L0 30.7 780 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.47
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Dome-top head features unique patented design with round,
smooth edges
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Cable Ties –Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
BT2S-M30 BT2S-M39
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 –Black
Miniature Cross Section
BT1M-C30 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .036 .9 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
BT1.5M-M30 6.3 160 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 1.50 38 18 80 1000 50000
BT2M-M30 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section
BT1.5I-M30 6.1 155 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
BT2I-M30 8.0 203 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 1000 25000
BT3I-M30 11.3 287 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 3.00 76 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section
BT2S-M30 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTS, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
BT3S-M30 12.0 305 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 1000 10000
BT4S-M30 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BT4LH-TL30 14.9 378 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 –Natural
Miniature Cross Section
BT1M-M39 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .036 .9 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
BT1.5I-M39 6.1 155 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
BT2S-M39 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTS, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
BT3S-M39 12.0 305 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 1000 10000
BT4S-M39 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BT4LH-TL39 14.9 378 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.48
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a
control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp
in place
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
faster initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Clamp Ties –Nylon 6.6
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia. Screw
Size
Metric
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
BC1M-S4-M 4.6 117 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
BC2M-S4-M 8.3 211 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
BC1.5I-S8-M 6.6 168 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
BC2S-S10-C 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
BC3S-S10-D 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 3.00 76 50 222 500 5000
BC4S-S10-C 15.6 396 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) –Plenum-Rated
BC4LH-S25-L 15.5 394 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.49
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Weather Resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as
a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Clamp Ties –Weather Resistant and
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
BC4S-S10-D30 15.6 396 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STH2, STS2
500 5000
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except BC4LH-S25-L0.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia. Screw
Size
Metric
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
BC1M-S4-M0 4.6 117 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
BC2M-S4-M0 8.3 211 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section
BC1.5I-S8-M0 6.6 168 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
BC2S-S10-C0 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
BC3S-S10-D0 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 3.00 76 50 222 500 5000
BC4S-S10-C0 15.6 396 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BC4LH-S25-L0 15.5 394 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.50
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Combine cable tie, mount, and fastener into a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Wing Push Mount Ties –Nylon and
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
BW2S-D BW2S-D0
BW2S
Head Design
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
BW1.5I-D 6.6 168 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 500 5000
Standard Cross Section
BW2S-D 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 5000
BW3S-D 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 3.00 76 50 222 500 5000
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
BW2S-D0 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 5000
BW3S-D0 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 3.00 76 50 222 500 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.51
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
•
Wingless
design allows tie to be used in confined spaces
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Push Mount Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia.
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Standard Cross Section
BP2S-D0 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .255 6.5 .125 3.2 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 5000
Permanent Marking Pens
PX-0
PX-2
PFX-0
PFX-2 PX-10
• Fast drying, permanent ink for identification on marker ties (pages
B1.34, B1.52, and B1.71), marker plates (page B2.29), or cable
marker straps (page B1.80)
• May be used with any label shown in the catalog when a printer
is not available
Part Number Color Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PX-0 Black Permanent marking pen – regular tip. 12 144
PX-2 Red Permanent marking pen – regular tip. 12 144
PFX-0 Black Permanent marking pen – fine tip. 12 144
PFX-2 Red Permanent marking pen – fine tip. 12 144
PX-10 White Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts – regular tip. 12 300
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.52
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Can be marked with Panduit marker pens on the previous page
or computer printable labels
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Marker and Flag Ties
Part
Number
Marker
Type
Length Width Thickness
Marker
Write-On
Area
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
BF1M-C Flag 4.6 117 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .36 x .81 9.1 x 20.6 .90 23 18 80
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
100 1000
BF2M-C Flag 8.3 211 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .36 x .81 9.1 x 20.6 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
BM1M-C Wrap 4.2 107 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .29 x 1.09 7.4 x 27.7 .90 23 18 80 100 1000
BM2M-C Wrap 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .29 x 1.09 7.4 x 27.7 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
BM2S-C Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 .49 x .91 12.4 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
BM4S-C Wrap 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .50 x 2.13 12.7 x 54.1 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
B2M2S-D Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 1.15 x .91 29.2 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 500 2500
B3M2S-TL Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 1.81 x .91 46.0 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 250 2500
B4M2S-TL Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 2.47 x .91 62.7 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 250 2500
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
BF1M-M0 Flag 4.6 117 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .36 x .81 9.1 x 20.6 .90 23 18 80
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
BF2M-M0 Flag 8.3 211 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .36 x .81 9.1 x 20.6 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
BM1M-M0 Wrap 4.2 107 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .29 x 1.09 7.4 x 27.7 .90 23 18 80 1000 25000
BM2M-M0 Wrap 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .29 x 1.09 7.4 x 27.7 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
BM2S-D0 Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 .49 x .91 12.4 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 10000
BM4S-D0 Wrap 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .50 x 2.13 12.7 x 54.1 4.00 102 50 222 500 5000
B2M2S-D0 Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 1.15 x .91 29.2 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 500 2500
B3M2S-TL0 Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 1.81 x .91 46.0 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 250 2500
B4M2S-TL0 Wrap 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.2 2.47 x .91 62.7 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 250 2500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.53
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Black acetal strap and head material provide 20+ years outdoor
life and high impact resistance
• Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and moisture resistance
• Double stainless steel locking barbs provide consistent
and predictable holding values
• Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications
• Meets Telcordia TR-TSY-000789 industry guidelines for lashed
cable supports
• Convenient reel dispenser pack allows installer to cut-to-size
for customized field applications; recyclable box has through-hole
for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag of heads
• Several pre-cut sizes have lead-in style angled tips on
pre-assembled straps for easy installation, even with gloved
hands, to speed installation
• May be used with stackable aerial cable spacer on the next page
Dura-Ty ™Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Acetal – Extra-Heavy Cross Section
Part Number Description
Strap
Length
Strap
Width
Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Head
Height
Head
Width Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Ft. mIn. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm
Strapping, Heads, and Kit –Allows user to customize strap length
DTREH-LR0 50' reel of strapping. 50.0 15.2 .500 12.70 250 1112 ————GS4EH, ST3EH 1 20
DTHEH-Q0 25 cable tie heads. — — — — — — .490 12.45 .718 18.24 — 25 500
DTKEH-0 Kit: Strapping (50'),
Heads (25) 50.0 15.2 .500 12.70 250 1112 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 GS4EH, ST3EH 1 20
Part Number Description
Strap
Length
Strap
Width
Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Head
Height
Head
Width Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Ft. mIn. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm
Strapping, Heads, and Kit –Allows user to customize strap length
DTRH-LR0 50' reel of
strapping. 50.0 15.2 .331 8.40 200 890 — — — — GTH, GS4EH,
STH2, STHV,
ST3EH
120
DTHH-Q0 25 cable tie heads. ——————.393 9.98 .557 14.15 — 25 500
DTKH-0 Kit: Strapping (50'),
Heads (25) 50.0 15.2 .331 8.40 200 890 .393 9.98 .557 14.15 GTH, GS4EH,
STH2, STHV,
ST3EH
120
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Head
Height
Head
Width
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Discrete Lengths –Speed installation
DT4EH-L0 13.5 343 .500 12.70 .059 1.50 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 3.8 98 250 1112
GS4EH,
ST3EH
50 1000
DT8EH-Q0 27.0 686 .500 12.70 .059 1.50 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 8.0 203 250 1112 25 500
DT14EH-L0 48.0 1219 .500 12.70 .059 1.50 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 14.0 355 250 1112 50 250
DT15EH-L0 53.0 1346 .500 12.70 .059 1.50 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 15.0 381 250 1112 50 250
DT28EH-C0 96.0 2438 .500 12.70 .059 1.50 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 28.0 711 250 1112 100 —
DT44EH-C0 144.0 3658 .500 12.70 .059 1.50 .490 12.45 .718 18.24 44.0 1117 250 1112 100 —
Formula to determine amount
of strapping required:
Diameter (inches) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches
Diameter (mm) x 3.14 + 114mm
Dura-Ty ™Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Acetal –Heavy Cross Section
• Black acetal strap and head material provide 20+ years outdoor
life and high impact resistance
• Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and moisture resistance
• Double stainless steel locking barbs provide consistent
and predictable holding values
• Textured strap provides better gripping surface to prevent tie
from moving laterally along the length of the bundle for tight,
consistent bundles
• Robust head design allows tie to be tightened over a wide range
of angles
• Convenient reel dispenser pack allows installer to cut-to-size
for customized field applications; recyclable box has through-hole
for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag of heads
• Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications
• May be used with stackable aerial cable spacer on the next page
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.54
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights
by 1/2" increments
• Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
• For use with Dura-Ty ™Cable Ties shown on the previous page
Stackable Aerial Cable Spacer –Weather Resistant Polypropylene
*Cable tie cross section sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy.
B
C
A
Dome-Top®Barb Ty and Dura-Ty ™Cable Ties
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
Nylon 6.6 White 10
Nylon 6.6 Telephone Gray 14
Nylon 6.6 Black 20
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
Weather Resistant Acetal Black *
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y
Nylon 6.6 Green 5
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6
Material and Color Chart
✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
*Denotes Dura-Ty ™Weather Resistant Acetal material (no suffix).
Part Number
Length
A
Width
B
Height
CUsed
with
Cable Ties*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
SACS50-T100 2.08 52.8 1.16 29.5 0.71 18.0 LH, H, EH 200 2000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.55
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Part Number Availability List
*Denotes Dura-Ty™Weather Resistant Acetal material (no suffix).
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
BC1M-S4-M ✓✓0
BC2M-S4-M ✓✓0
BC1.5I-S8-M ✓✓0
BC2S-S10-C ✓✓0BC2S-S10-D ✓✓0
BC3S-S10-D ✓✓0
BC4S-S10-C ✓✓0BC4S-S10-D ✓✓0,30
BC4LH-S25-L ✓✓0BC4LH-S25-TL ✓✓0
BF1M-C ✓✓BF1M-M ✓✓0
BF2M-C ✓✓BF2M-M ✓✓0
BM1M-C ✓✓BM1M-M ✓✓0
BM2M-C ✓✓BM2M-M ✓✓0
BM2S-C ✓✓BM2S-D ✓✓0
BM4S-C ✓✓BM4S-D ✓✓0
BP2S-D 0
BT1M-C ✓✓0,30 BT1M-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30,39
BT1M-XMR ✓✓0,30
BT1.5M-C ✓✓0BT1.5M-M ✓✓0,30
BT1.5M-XMR ✓✓0,30,69
BT2M-C ✓✓0BT2M-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,30
BT4M-C ✓✓0BT4M-M ✓✓0
BT1.5I-C ✓✓0BT1.5I-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30,39
BT2I-C ✓✓0BT2I-M ✓✓0,30
BT3I-C ✓✓0BT3I-M ✓✓0,14,30
BT4I-C ✓✓0BT4I-M ✓✓0,14
BT2S-C ✓✓0BT2S-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,39
BT3S-C ✓✓0,2 BT3S-M ✓✓0,30,39
BT4S-C ✓✓0BT4S-M ✓✓0,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30,39
BT2LH-L ✓✓0BT2LH-TL ✓✓0
BT3LH-L ✓✓0BT3LH-TL ✓✓0
BT4LH-L ✓✓0BT4LH-TL ✓✓0,30,39
BT5LH-L ✓✓0BT5LH-C ✓✓0
BT6LH-L ✓✓0BT6LH-C ✓✓0
BT7LH-L ✓✓0BT7LH-C ✓✓0
BT8LH-L ✓✓0BT8LH-C ✓✓0
BT9LH-L ✓✓0BT9LH-C ✓✓0
BW1.5I-D ✓✓
BW2S-D ✓✓0
BW3S-D ✓✓0
B2M2S-D ✓✓0
B3M2S-TL ✓✓0
B4M2S-TL ✓✓0
Dura-Ty
™
Cable Ties and Strapping
DTHEH-Q0, DTHH-Q0 *
DTKEH-0, DTKH-0 *
DTREH-LR0 *
DTRH-LR0 *
DT4EH-L0 *
DT8EH-Q0 *
DT14EH-L0 *DT14EH-C0 *
DT15EH-L0 *
DT28EH-C0 *
DT44EH-C0 *
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.56
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
Parallel-entry cable ties limit exposure to sharp edges and protect workers’ arms/hands. The ties are designed with a low
profile head to avoid snags and reduce overall bundle size.
Fully rounded edges
on head and strap
“Finger grip” shaped
head assures positive grip
while threading tie
Parallel-entry limits
exposure to sharp edges
and protects workers’
arms/hands
Curved tip
threads easily
and installs faster
Contour-Ty ®Cable Ties
Belt-Ty ™In-Line Cable Ties IN-LINE Cable Ties
Outside teeth
protect cable jacket
and wire insulation
Fully enclosed head
for consistent strength
Outside teeth and
smooth round edges
protect cable jacket –
ideal for high vibration
applications
Rounded tip and
aggressive grip for
faster initial threading
“Finger grip” shaped
head with serrations
assures positive grip
while threading tie
Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.
Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.
Hyper-V ™Cable Ties
Fixed and
flexible 2-wedge
locking design
Design provides for
an optional threading
position that
allows releasable,
temporary bundling
Tip bending serrations
and threading hole
facilitate installations
in confined spaces
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.57
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selection Guide – Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.58
Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.59
Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.60
Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.60
Contour-Ty ®
Cable Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle ILT B1.61
Belt-Ty™
In-Line
Cable Ties Locking Ties/Bundle ILT B1.61
Locking Ties/Bundle IT B1.63
IN-LINE
Cable Ties
Part Number System for Contour-Ty ®and Belt-Ty™Cable Ties
Material/Color
CBR 2 S —M
Size
Type Cross Section Package Size
CBR = Locking Tie
ILT = Locking Tie
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (mm)
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
HS = Heavy-Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
C = 100
See page
B1.64
Part Number System for Hyper-V ™and IN-LINE Cable Ties
Material/Color
HV 9 100 —C
Width
Type Size Package Size
HV= Locking Tie
IT = Locking Tie
Approx.
Width (mm)
See page
B1.64
Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
Locking Ties/Bundle HV B1.62
Hyper-V ™
Cable Ties
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural (39)
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69)
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0)
Material, Color (Suffix)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0 and colors)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0)
Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.60
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.58
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
• Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket – ideal
for high vibration applications
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
Note: Nylon 6.6 cable ties in natural and colors meet the
testing requirements of the U.S. Military Aerospace
Standard SAE-AS23190A and the dimensional
requirements of Aerospace Standard SAE-AS33671
Contour-Ty ®Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
CBR1M-M 4.1 104 .098 2.5 .038 1.0 1.00 25 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
CBR1.5M-M 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .042 1.1 1.50 38 18 80 1000 50000
CBR2M-M 7.2 183 .098 2.5 .042 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
CBR1.5I-M 5.9 150 .140 3.6 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
CBR3I-M 10.4 264 .140 3.6 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 1000 10000
CBR4I-M 13.6 345 .140 3.6 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
CBR2S-M 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2, STH2
1000 10000
CBR3S-M 10.8 274 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 1000 5000
CBR4S-M 14.0 356 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Heavy-Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
CBR2HS-D 8.0 203 .250 6.4 .058 1.4 2.00 51 85 378 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
500 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
CBR4LH-TL 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
CBR6LH-C 20.9 531 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 6.00 152 120 534 100 2000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.59
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
• Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket –
ideal for high vibration applications
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Contour-Ty ®Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
CBR1M-M0 4.1 104 .098 2.5 .038 1.0 1.00 25 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
CBR1.5M-M0 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .042 1.1 1.50 38 18 80 1000 50000
CBR2M-M0 7.2 183 .098 2.5 .042 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Intermediate Cross Section
CBR1.5I-M0 5.9 150 .140 3.6 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
CBR3I-M0 10.4 264 .140 3.6 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 1000 10000
CBR4I-M0 13.6 345 .140 3.6 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section
CBR2S-M0 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2, STH2
1000 10000
CBR3S-M0 10.8 274 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 1000 5000
CBR4S-M0 14.0 356 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Heavy-Standard Cross Section
CBR2HS-D0 8.0 203 .250 6.4 .058 1.4 2.00 51 85 378 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH 500 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
CBR4LH-TL0 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
CBR6LH-C0 20.9 531 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 6.00 152 120 534 100 2000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.60
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL 94V-0 –
indoor use
• Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
• Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket –
ideal for high vibration applications
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers’
arms/hands
• Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Contour-Ty ®Cable Ties –Heat Stabilized and
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except CBR3S-M69.
CBR2S-M30 CBR2S-M39 CBR3S-M69
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 –Natural Ivory
Standard Cross Section
CBR3S-M69 10.8 274 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 5000
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 –Natural
Standard Cross Section
CBR2S-M39 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm. In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 –Black
Miniature Cross Section
CBR1M-M30 4.1 104 .098 2.5 .038 1.0 1.00 25 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
CBR1.5I-M30 5.9 150 .140 3.6 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
CBR2S-M30 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
CBR3S-M30 10.8 274 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 1000 5000
CBR4S-M30 14.0 356 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
CBR4LH-TL30 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
CBR6LH-C30 20.9 531 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 6.00 152 120 534 100 2000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.61
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180° entry)
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
• 35% lower head height than conventional 90° ties
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers’
arms/hands
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• Nylon 6.6 cable ties are UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling
spaces per NEC
Belt-Ty ™In-Line Cable Ties –Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
ILT2S-C ILT2S-C0
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
ILT2S-C0 8.3 211 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
ILT3S-C0 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
ILT4S-C0 14.7 373 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
ILT4LH-TL0 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
ILT6LH-C0 21.2 538 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 100 2000
Weather resistant nylon 6.6 cable ties are UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except ILT4LH/6LH.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
ILT2S-C 8.3 211 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS, STS2,
STH2
100 1000
ILT3S-C 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
ILT4S-C 14.7 373 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section –Plenum-Rated
ILT4LH-TL 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
ILT6LH-C 21.2 538 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 100 2000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.62
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Fixed and flexible two-wedge locking design provides
a low threading force
• Teeth on both sides of cable tie body provide additional locking
strength and improved flexibility to conform to irregular bundle
shapes such as securing cables to cable tray systems
• Releasable head position for temporary bundling of cables prior
to final locking; no need to replace ties when adding cables/wires
to the bundle
• Teeth on full length of body support a wide range
of bundle diameters
• Bending serrations on the tip of the tie allow the tip to be easily
formed into an arc, enabling installer to “fish” the tie around the
bundle in a confined space
• Threading hole in the tip of the tie allows an installer to hook
the tip with a simple device to pull the tie through spaces with
limited access
• In-Line tie design for parallel-entry of the tie into head resulting
in a lower profile on cable bundles
• Complementary mounts shown below
• Tie mount has retaining tab within window to hold cable tie
in position when pre-installed in the mount; low profile design
keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• Masonry mounts are used to secure wire, cable, or tubing
to masonry surfaces
• For outdoor use
Hyper-V ™Cable Tie Mounts
Note: UL Recognized except HVTM mount.
HVTM HVMPM
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
HV965-C0 10.4 265 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 2.60 65 160 710
GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH, STH2,
ST3EH, STHV
100 1000
HV9100-C0 14.4 367 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 3.90 100 160 710 100 1000
HV9150-C0 20.7 525 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 5.90 150 160 710 100 1000
HV9250-C0 33.1 841 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 9.80 250 160 710 100 1000
Hyper-V ™In-Line Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Part Number Material Color Mounting Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Tie Mounts
HVTM3S10-C0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black #10 (6mm) screw 100 500
Masonry Mounts
HVMPM32-C0 Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black Tree barb for .31" (7.9mm) hole diameter 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.63
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180° entry)
• Wide tie body provides high tensile strength
• 50% lower head height than conventional 90° ties
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Outside teeth protect cable jacket and wire insulation
• “Finger grip” shaped head with serrations assures positive
grip while threading tie
• Install by hand or use Panduit GTH installation tool,
see page B1.111
• Flexible – easy to handle and install
• Available in UV weather resistant colors for color coordination
and UV stability
IN-LINE Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Part Number Color
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Black Cable Ties
IT940-C0 UV Black 6.8 173 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 1.57 40 124 552 100 1000
IT965-C0 UV Black 10.1 257 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 2.56 65 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-C0 UV Black 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-C0 UV Black 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
Colored Cable Ties
IT9100-CUV2 UV Red 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV4Y UV Yellow 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV6 UV Dark Blue 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV6A UV Light Blue 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV7A UV Purple 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV8 UV Silver 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV16B UV Magenta 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV2 UV Red 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV2A UV Bright Red 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV4Y UV Yellow 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV4A UV Butterscotch 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV5A UV Green 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV5B UV Hunter Green 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV6 UV Dark Blue 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV6A UV Light Blue 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV6B UV Cobalt Blue 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV7A UV Purple 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV8 UV Gray 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV11 UV Teal 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV16B UV Magenta 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV18 UV Tan 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.64
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Red UV2
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Bright Red UV2A
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Yellow UV4Y
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Butterscotch UV4A
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Green UV5A
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Hunter Green UV5B
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Dark Blue UV6
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Light Blue UV6A
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Cobalt Blue UV6B
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Purple UV7A
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Gray UV8
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Teal UV11
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Magenta UV16B
Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Tan UV18
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y
Nylon 6.6 Green 5
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
Nylon 6.6 White 10
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
Material and Color Chart
Part Number Availability List
✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color (Suffix) Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color (Suffix)
CBR1M-M ✓✓0,30
CBR1.5M-M ✓✓0
CBR2M-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7
CBR1.5I-M ✓✓0,30
CBR3I-M ✓✓0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10
CBR4I-M ✓✓0
CBR2S-M ✓✓0,30,39
CBR3S-M ✓✓0,30,69
CBR4S-M ✓✓0,30
CBR2HS-D ✓✓0
CBR4LH-TL ✓✓0,30
CBR6LH-C ✓✓0,30
HV965-C 0
HV9100-C 0
HV9150-C 0
HV9250-C 0
ILT2S-C ✓✓0ILT2S-M ✓✓0
ILT3S-C ✓✓0ILT3S-M ✓✓0
ILT4S-C ✓✓0ILT4S-M ✓✓0
ILT4LH-TL ✓✓0
ILT6LH-C ✓✓0
IT940-C 0
IT965-C 0
IT9100-C 0,UV2,UV4Y,UV6,UV6A,UV7A,
UV8,UV16B
IT9115-C 0,UV2,UV2A,UV4Y,UV4A,UV5A,
UV5B,UV6,UV6A,UV6B,UV7A,
UV8,UV11,UV16B,UV18
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.65
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Sta-Strap®Cable Ties
Two-piece design incorporates a separate nylon head and strap.
Thin tapered tip for
easy installation
Free floating head design results
in tight bundles and low installed
head height
Two-piece design results in
extremely low thread force
Design may be released
prior to final tensioning
High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.
Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.66
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selection Guide – Sta-Strap®Cable Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle SST B1.67
Clamp Ties/Mount SSC B1.70
Marker Ties/Identify SSM B1.71
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Locking Ties/Bundle SST B1.68
Clamp Ties/Mount SSC B1.70
Marker Ties/Identify SSM B1.71
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Locking Ties/Bundle SST B1.69
Clamp Ties/Mount SSC B1.70
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Part Number System for Sta-Strap®Cable Ties
Material/Color
SST 1 M —C
Size
Type Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size
SST = Locking Tie
SSC = Clamp Tie
SSM = Marker Tie
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
H = Heavy
HH = Heavy Head
(Clamp Ties Only)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4 (M6)
L=50
C = 100
D = 500
M = 1000
See Page B1.72
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.67
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For indoor use
• Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications
• Small head height allows more efficient use of space in
compact areas
• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
Sta-Strap ®Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-C 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .035 .9 .78 20 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
SST1.5M-C 5.5 140 .095 2.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 18 80 100 1000
Intermediate Cross Section
SST1.5I-C 5.3 137 .135 3.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 40 178
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
SST2I-C 8.1 206 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
SST3I-C 11.0 279 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
SST4I-C 14.7 375 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
SST1.5S-M 5.7 146 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.25 32 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 25000
SST2S-C 6.7 172 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.75 45 50 222 100 1000
SST3S-C 11.0 279 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
SST4S-C 15.0 381 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST2H-D 8.0 203 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
500 5000
SST4H-L 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
SST8H-L 27.5 699 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.68
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications
• Small head height allows more efficient use of space in
compact areas
• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
Sta-Strap ®Cable Ties –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-C0 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .035 .9 .78 20 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
100 1000
SST1.5M-M0 5.5 140 .095 2.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 18 80 1000 50000
Intermediate Cross Section
SST1.5I-M0 5.3 137 .135 3.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 40 178
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 25000
SST2I-M0 8.1 206 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 1000 25000
SST3I-C0 11.0 279 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
SST4I-M0 14.7 375 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section
SST1.5S-M0 5.7 146 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.25 32 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 25000
SST2S-C0 6.7 172 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.75 45 50 222 100 1000
SST3S-C0 11.0 279 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 3.00 76 50 222 100 1000
SST4S-C0 15.0 381 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST2H-D0 8.0 203 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
500 5000
SST4H-L0 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
SST8H-L0 27.5 699 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.69
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications
•
Heavy head
design is available for use in through-panel
applications with a larger opening up to .400" (10.2mm)
• Small head height allows more efficient use of space
in compact areas
• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
Sta-Strap ®Cable Ties –Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
SST SST2HH
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-M30 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .035 .9 .78 20 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2
1000 50000
SST1.5M-M30 5.5 140 .095 2.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 18 80 1000 50000
Standard Cross Section
SST2S-M30 6.7 172 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 15000
SST3S-M30 11.0 279 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 3.00 76 50 222 1000 10000
SST4S-M30 15.0 381 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST4H-D30 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
500 2500
SST8H-D30 27.5 699 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 500 2000
Heavy Head Design
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST2HH-D30 8.0 203 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 2.00 50 120 534
GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
500 2500
SST4HH-D30 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 4.00 102 120 534 500 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.70
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such
as a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Only clamp tie that is releasable prior to final tensioning
Sta-Strap ®Clamp Ties
SSC2S-S10-C SSC2S-S10-M0
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S10-M30 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SSC4H-S25-D30 15.6 395 .300 7.6 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
500 2500
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S6-M0 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .148 3.8 #6 M3 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
SSC2S-S10-M0 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.75 45 50 222 1000 10000
SSC4S-S10-M0 15.7 398 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SSC4H-S25-D0 15.6 395 .300 7.6 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
500 2500
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Nominal
Hole
Dia. Screw
Size
Metric
Screw
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S6-C 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .148 3.8 #6 M3 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
SSC2S-S10-C 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.75 45 50 222 100 1000
SSC4S-S10-C 15.7 398 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
SSC4H-S25-L 15.6 395 .300 7.6 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.71
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
• Unique design allows tie to be used as a wrap-around or
flag marker
• Can be marked with Panduit Marker Pens on page B1.51
or computer printable labels
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.91
Sta-Strap ®Marker Ties –Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
SSM2S-C SSM2S-D0
Part
Number
Marker
Type
Length Width Thickness
Marker
Write-On
Area
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSM2S-C Wrap/
Flag 6.7 170 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .44 x .96 11.2 x 24.4 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 500
SSM4S-D Wrap/
Flag 14.9 378 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .44 x .96 11.2 x 24.4 4.00 102 50 222 500 5000
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSM2S-D0 Wrap/
Flag 6.7 170 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .44 x .96 11.2 x 24.4 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
500 10000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.72
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
Material and Color Chart
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Black 20
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Sta-Strap®Cable Ties
Part Number Availability List
✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
SSC2S-S6-C ✓SSC2S-S6-M ✓0
SSC2S-S10-C ✓SSC2S-S10-M ✓0,30
SSC4S-S10-C ✓SSC4S-S10-M ✓0
SSC4H-S25-L ✓SSC4H-S25-D ✓0
SSM2S-C ✓SSM2S-D ✓0
SSM4S-D ✓
SST1M-C ✓0SST1M-M ✓0,20,30
SST1.5M-C ✓SST1.5M-M ✓0,20,30
SST1.5I-C ✓SST1.5I-M ✓0
SST2I-C ✓SST2I-M ✓0
SST3I-C ✓0SST3I-M ✓0
SST4I-C ✓SST4I-M ✓0
SST1.5S-M ✓0
SST2S-C ✓0SST2S-M ✓0,20,30
SST3S-C ✓0SST3S-M ✓0,20,30
SST4S-C ✓0SST4S-M ✓0,2,30
SST2H-D ✓0
SST2HH-D 30
SST4H-L ✓0SST4H-D ✓0,30
0SST4HH-D 30
SST8H-L ✓0SST8H-D ✓0,30
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.73
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selection Guide – Specialty Ties
Locking Ties/Bundle PLST B1.74
Releasable/Re-usable PRST B1.74
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Stud
Mounted
Cable Ties Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300) Locking/Bundle PLST B1.74
Ladder Style
Stud Mount
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30) Releasable/Re-usable PRST B1.75
Double Loop
Ties –
One-Piece
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Locking/Bundle PLB B1.76
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Double Loop
Ties –
Two-Piece
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Locking/Bundle SSB B1.77
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0) Locking/Bundle PL3B B1.78
Triple Loop
Ties
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0) Locking/Bundle DHC B1.78
Double Hose
Clamp
Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300) Locking/Bundle SSPM B1.79
Chassis/
Panel
Mount Ties
Polyethylene (No Suffix) Releasable/Re-usable CM4S B1.80
Cable Marker
Strap
Part Number System for Specialty Cable Ties
Material/Color
PLST 4 H S25 —TL 300
Size
Type Cross Section Stud Size Package Size
CM4S =Cable Marker Strap
PLB =Locking Bow Tie
PL3B =Triple Loop Tie
DHC = Double Hose Clamp
PLST =Locking Stud Mounted Tie
PRST =Releasable Stud Mount Ladder Style
SSB =Sta-Strap®Bow-Ty™ Tie
SSPM = Sta-Strap ®Panel Mount
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
S = Standard
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy
-S25 = M6
-SC = 5mm
-S14 = 5mm
L=50
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
See Page B1.81
Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.
Cable tie accessories are used
to speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.74
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Heat stabilized weather resistant material has greater resistance
to damage caused by ultraviolet light and for high temperature
applications up to 212°F (100°C) – indoor or outdoor use
• Integral mount pushes onto a threaded stud and tie wraps
around bundle
• Mid-mount style (PLST_SC) centers the wire bundle over the stud
• Tie can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise
• Releasable style available (PRST)
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
Pan-Ty ®Stud Mounted Cable Ties –Heat Stabilized and
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLST4H.
PLST30SC/50SC
PRST40SC
PLST4H
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLST4HS25-TL300 15.3 389 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 1/4-20 6.4 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Recommended
Stud
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLST30SC-D30 5.7 146 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 10-24 5.0 1.18 30 50 222 GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2,
STH2
500 5000
PLST50SC-D30 8.1 207 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 10-24 5.0 1.97 50 50 222 500 5000
PRST40SC-D30 6.9 176 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 10-24 5.0 1.57 40 50 222 Hand install only 500 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.75
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Integral mount pushes onto a threaded stud and tie wraps
around bundle
• Tie can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable
• Install by hand – no tools required
Pan-Ty ®Ladder Style Stud Mounted Cable Tie –Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Boss
Height
Recommended
Stud
Size
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Standard Cross Section
PRST30S-S14-M30 5.2 132 .380 9.7 .050 1.3 .59 15 10-24 5.0 1.18 30 35 156 1000 10000
Boss
Height
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.76
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• A fast and economical method to secure and separate two bundles
• Reduces part number inventory – single part covers multiple
bundle sizes
• Installs easily by hand – second loop can be installed
with Panduit cable tie installation tools
Pan-Ty ®Double Loop Cable Ties
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLB4H-TL0.
PLB4H
Head Design
Part Number
Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
D1 + D2 Length Width Thickness
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C 1.80 46 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLB3S-C 3.00 76 11.8 300 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 100 1000
PLB4S-C 4.10 104 14.8 376 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL 3.60 91 14.7 373 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
PLB2S/3S/4S
Head Design
Assembled View
D1
D2
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C0 1.80 46 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
100 1000
PLB3S-C0 3.00 76 11.8 300 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 100 1000
PLB4S-M0 4.10 104 14.8 376 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL0 3.60 91 14.7 373 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-M30 1.80 46 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
1000 10000
PLB3S-M30 3.00 76 11.8 300 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 1000 10000
PLB4S-M30 4.10 104 14.8 376 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL30 3.60 91 14.7 373 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.77
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• A fast and economical method to secure and separate two bundles
• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• First loop is releasable prior to final tensioning
Sta-Strap ®Bow-Ty ™Cable Ties
SSB2S-C SSB2S-M0 (30)
Top View
Part Number
Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
D1 + D2 Length Width Thickness
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-C 1.25 32 6.8 172 .18 4.6 .045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 100 1000
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-M0 1.25 32 6.8 172 .18 4.6 .045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 1000 10000
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-M30 1.25 32 6.8 172 .18 4.6 .045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 1000 10000
Assembled View
D1
D2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.78
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• A fast and economical method to secure and separate
three bundles
• Third loop can be installed with Panduit cable tie installation tools
Pan-Ty ®Triple Loop Cable Tie –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
D1 + D2 + D3 Length Width Thickness
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PL3B5EH-C0 5.00 127 20.0 508 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 125 556 GS4EH, ST3EH 100 1000
D1
D2
D3
Assembled View
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use • Holds and separates two gasoline, hydraulic, or pneumatic hoses
• Holds each hose individually to prevent abrasion and twisting
Double Hose Clamp –Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Assembled View
Fixed
Adj.
Curved tip up
GS4H
1) Wrap clamp around hose 2) Position second hose
in clamp 3) Loop tail around second hose
and thread tail through both
spacer heads
4) Tension and cut off with
recommended tool
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Fixed
Loop
Dia.
Adjustable
Loop
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
DHC1.12X1.75-D0 11.0 279 0.28
07.1 0.05
01.3 1.12 28 1.00 – 1.75 25 – 44 100 445 GTH, GS4H,
PTH, STH2,
ST3EH
500 2500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.79
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light
and for high temperature applications up to 212°F (100°C) –
indoor or outdoor use
• Unique design allows tie to secure a bundle directly to a chassis or
panel without the need for separate fasteners or mounting devices
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
• Engages clearance hole with optional centering pilot to prevent tie
from shifting or abrading in high vibration environments
Sta-Strap ®Chassis/Panel Mount Ties –Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Without
Centering Pilot
With
Centering Pilot
With Long
Centering Pilot
1) Insert tip of cable
tie through the pre-drilled
hole in the panel.
2) Wrap cable tie around the
bundle and insert tip back
through the hole and head
of the cable tie.
3) Pull tip until cable tie
is snug on bundle. Tension
and cut off excess portion
with installation tool.
Through-Panel Mount Installation in Three Easy Steps:
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Hole
Diameter
Range
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Without Centering Pilot
SSPM2.5H-L300 10.1 257 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .316 – .820 8.0 – 21.0 2.76 70 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 2500
SSPM4H-L300 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .316 – .820 8.0 – 21.0 4.00 102 120 534 50 2500
With Centering Pilot
SSPM2.5HP-L300 10.1 257 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .440 – .820 11.2 – 21.0 2.76 70 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
50 2500
SSPM4HP-L300 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .440 – .820 11.2 – 21.0 4.00 102 120 534 50 2500
With Long Centering Pilot
SSPM4HLP-TL300 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .440 – .820 11.2 – 21.0 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
250 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.80
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable
• Eliminate the need for costly and cumbersome lead marking tags
• Lightweight and easy to install
• Use as wrap-around or flag marker
• For underground identification applications
• Can be marked with Panduit marker pens, see page B1.51
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
Cable Marker Straps –Polyethylene
Loop Excess Thru Slot
3.88
(98.5)
Wrap-Around
Marker
(Min. Dia.: 1.27")
Flag Marker
(Min. Dia.: .25")
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Color
Marker
Write-On
Area
Max.
Bundle
Dia. Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
Standard Cross Section
CM4S-L2 15.3 387 .750 19.1 .033 .84 Red 1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5 4.38 111 Hand install only 50 500
CM4S-L8 15.3 387 .750 19.1 .033 .84 Gray 1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5 4.38 111 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.81
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
Material and Color Chart
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black 300
Specialty Cable Ties
Part Number Availability List
✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
CM4S-L 2,8
DHC1.12X1.75-D 0
PLB2S-C ✓ 0PLB2S-M ✓0,30
PLB3S-C ✓0PLB3S-M ✓0,30
PLB4S-C ✓PLB4S-M ✓0,30
PLB4H-TL ✓0,30
PL3B5EH-C 0
PLST4HS25-TL 300
PLST30SC-D 30
PLST50SC-D 30
PRST30S-S14-M 30
PRST40SC-SD 30
SSB2S-C ✓SSB2S-M ✓0,30
SSPM2.5H-L 300 SSPM2.5H-TL 300
SSPM2.5HP-L 300 SSPM2.5HP-TL 300
SSPM4H-L 300 SSPM4H-TL 300
SSPM4HP-L 300 SSPM4HP-TL 300
SSPM4HLP-TL 300
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.82
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Nylon material for indoor use
• Striped Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties in 25 color combinations match the
universally accepted Even-Count Color Code
• Solid color ties are available for identification of “super groups”
in cable containing more than 600 pairs
• Each 50-piece package fits in the Pan-Pouch ™Kit
or pocket pouch shown on the next page
Pan-Ty ®Striped Cable Ties –Nylon 6.6
Note: CSA Certified on solid colors only.
Part Number Color
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Miniature Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT1M-L6-10 Blue/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-10 Orange/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-10 Green/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-10 Brown/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-10 Slate/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-2 Blue/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-2 Orange/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-2 Green/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-2 Brown/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-2 Slate/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-0 Blue/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-0 Orange/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-0 Green/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-0 Brown/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-0 Slate/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-4 Blue/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-4 Orange/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-4 Green/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-4 Brown/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-4 Slate/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-7 Blue/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-7 Orange/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-7 Green/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-7 Brown/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-7 Slate/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L0 Black 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1 Brown 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L2 Red 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3 Orange 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L4Y Yellow 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5 Green 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6 Blue 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8 Slate 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.83
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Pan-Pouch™Kit is made of two-ply laminated black nylon/vinyl
and folds for easy storage
• Easily hang pouch from cable by using hook and loop fasteners
• Pocket pouch holds five (50-piece) packages and is made
of a white vinyl
Telephone Cable Identification Kits
PPC25X50F
PP5X50F
Cable Tie Kits in Steel Boxes
K-205
K-504/SR2
Part Number Description
Dimensions Std.
Pkg.
Qty.Open Closed
PPC25X50F Pouch filled with 1,250 cable
ties (50 each of all 24 striped
ties and 50 solid red ties)
10.5" x 38"
(267mm x 965mm) 10.5" x 6"
(267mm x 152mm) 1
PPC25X50 Empty pouch 10.5" x 38"
(267mm x 965mm) 10.5" x 6"
(267mm x 152mm) 1
PP5X50F Pocket pouch filled with 250
cable ties (50 of each color:
blue, orange, green, brown
and slate – all with white
stripe)
— 3.5" x 5.25"
(89mm x 133mm) 1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
K-205 Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty®Cable Ties, cable tie installation tool, terminals,
splices and crimp tool:
(1) GTS tool
(1) CT-100 crimp tool
Natural Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
Terminals
(100) PV18-6LF
(100) PV14-8LF
(100) PV14-10LF
(50) PV10-10LF
Splices
(50) BSV10X
(100) BSV14X
(100) BSV18X
1
K-504 Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty®Cable Ties, cable tie installation tool, and mounts:
(1) STS2 tool
Natural Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
(100) PLC2S-S10
Mounts
(100) TM2S8
(100) ABM2S-A
1
SR2 Two-drawer slide rack to hold K-504 cable tie kit or K-1000 series terminal kit.
Dimensions: 6.25"H x 15.25"W x 11.75"D (158.7mm x 387.4mm x 298.5mm) 1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.84
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Tie Kits in Plastic Boxes and Bags
KP-506A
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
KP-506A Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties and Mounts:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
(50) ABM2S-A mounts
1
KP-506A-0 Kit for Outdoor Use
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties and Mounts:
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(100) PLT1M-0
(100) PLT1.5I-0
(100) PLT2S-0
(50) ABM2S-AT-0 mounts
1
KP-509 Kit for Indoor Use
For prototyping and new product development – contains over 600 pieces.
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties in different styles, sizes, and colors.
Huge assortment of cable tie mounts and wiring accessories.
1
KB-550 Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use
Pan-Ty ®Cable Ties:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(15) PLT1M
(15) PLT1.5I
(15) PLT2S
(15) PLT3S
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(10) PLT1M-0
(10) PLT1.5I-0
(10) PLT2S-0
(10) PLT3S-0
1
KB-551 Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use
Dome-Top ®Barb Ty Cable Ties:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(15) BT1M
(15) BT1.5I
(15) BT2S
(15) BT3S
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(10) BT1M-0
(10) BT1.5I-0
(10) BT2S-0
(10) BT3S-0
1
KP-506A-0
KP-509
KB-550
KB-551
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.85
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Hook and Loop Cable Ties
The comprehensive family of hook and loop cable ties delivers reliability by protecting against over-tensioning of high
performance fiber and copper cables. These ties are adjustable, releasable, and re-usable to effectively support frequent
moves, adds, and changes (MACs). A wide range of colors provides flexibility and an aesthetically pleasing appearance.
The complete line of Panduit Hook and Loop Cable Ties help maintain the reliable, scalable, and aesthetic requirements
of data centers.
Allows for pre-wrapping
of bundles
Low profile contoured
cinch ring reduces overall
bundle size
Unique
same-sided
material secures
a greater range of
bundle diameters
Available in three
styles and eight
colors; grommet
styles used for
bundle mounting
applications
Available in continuous
or perforated rolls and
stacked strips
Distinctive maroon color
(also available in black)
Loop Style Roll/Strip/Brick Style Plenum-Rated
Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Cable Ties – Premium, durable designs and sizes
Strong, low
profile hook
and loop material
Ultra-Cinch™Hook & Loop Cable Ties
Tak-Tape™Hook & Loop Rolls
Wire management accessories
speed and simplify the mounting
of high performance cabling.
See pages B2.4, B2.5, B2.12, B2.21,
B2.24, C4.4 – C4.6, C4.10, C4.11,
C4.13, and C4.14.
Convenient
packaging
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.86
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selection Guide – Hook and Loop Cable Ties
Tak-Ty ®Ties, Black (0)
Cinch Ties/Re-usable UCT B1.89
Cinch Ties –
Center Mount Grommet/Re-usable UGCTC B1.89
Cinch Ties –
End Mount Grommet/Re-usable UGCTE B1.89
Ultra-Cinch™Ties, Black (0)
Loop Ties/Re-usable HLT B1.87
Strip Ties/Re-usable HLS B1.87
15' and 75' Rolls/Re-usable HLM, HLS B1.87
Loop Ties/Re-usable HLTP B1.88
Strip Ties/Re-usable HLSP B1.88
Tak-Ty ®Plenum-Rated Ties,
UL Listed Black, Maroon (0,12)
20' and 35' Rolls/Re-usable TTS B1.88
Tak-Tape™Rolls, Black (0)
Part Number System for Hook and Loop Ties
Color
HLT 2 I —X0
Size
Type Cross Section Package Size
HL = Hook and Loop
HLB = HL Brick
HLM = HL Miniature
HLT = HL Loop Tie
HLTP = HL Loop Tie Plenum-Rated
HLS = HL Strip Tie
HLSP = HL Strip Tie Plenum-Rated
TTS = Tak-Tape™Roll
UCT = Ultra-Cinch™Tie
UGCTC = UCT Grommet Cinch Tie – Center Mount
UGCTE = UCT Grommet Cinch Tie – End Mount
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
X=10
C = 100
15R = 15' Roll
20R = 20' Roll
35R3 = 35' Rolls (3)
35RX = 35' Rolls (10)
75R = 75' Roll
See page
B1.90
Product, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
Strip Ties/Re-usable/Brick HLB B1.87
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.87
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance
cabling protecting against over-tensioning
• Broadest selection of durable designs and sizes to meet your
application needs
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes
• A full range of colors
• Operating temperature range: 0°F to 220°F (-18°C to 104°C)
• Complementary mounts available, see page B2.6
Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Cable Ties
HLT (Loop Ties)
X-out for #10 screw
(Recommend truss head)
HLB2S (Stacked Strips)HLM/HLS (Rolls)
Part Number
Length Width
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Ft. mIn. mm In. mm Lbs. N
15' and 75' Continuous Rolls –Can be cut to desired length, eliminating waste
HLM-15R0 15.0 4.6 .330 8.4 Various Various 40 178 1 10
HLS-15R0 15.0 4.6 .750 19.1 Various Various 50 222 1 10
HLS-75R0 75.0 22.9 .750 19.1 Various Various 50 222 1 10
HLS (Strip Ties)
Part Number
Length Width
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Loop Ties –Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLT2I-X0 8.0 203 0.500 12.7 1.91 49 40 178 10 100
HLT3I-X0 12.0 305 0.500 12.7 3.18 81 40 178 10 100
Strip Ties –Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLS1.5S-X0 6.0 152 0.750 19.1 1.50 38 50 222 10 100
HLS3S-X0 12.0 305 0.750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
HLS5S-X0 18.0 457 0.750 19.1 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
Stacked Strip Ties –Eliminates cutting ties to length and staging them for each job
Rounded edges for installer safety – 100 pieces
HLB2S-C0 7.0 178 0.750 19.1 1.60 41 50 222 1 10
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.88
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance cabling
protecting against over-tensioning
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces (such as ceiling
voids and underfloor areas) per NEC, Section 300-22 (C) and (D)
• Flammability rating: UL 94V-2
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes
• Operating temperature range: 0°F to 122°F (-18°C to 50°C)
Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Cable Ties –Plenum-Rated
X-out for #10 screw
(Recommend truss head)
• Strong, low profile, flexible material is safe to use on high
performance cabling protecting against over-tensioning
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable
• Cost-effective for general purpose bundling
• Continuous rolls can be easily cut to size – Panduit cutter
included with TTS-35RX0
• Handy, re-usable plastic case with TTS-20R0, keeps material clean
• Leaves no residue
• Available in black color
• Operating temperature range: -22°F to 194°F (-30°C to 90°C)
• Complementary mounts available, see page B2.6
Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
Tak-Tape ™Hook & Loop Cable Tie Rolls
Std. Pkg. Qty. of TTS-35R3-0 denotes 1 package of three 35' rolls, TTS-35RX0 denotes 1 package of ten 35' rolls.
Part Number
Length Width
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
UL Listed Loop Ties (Maroon) –Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLTP2I-X12 8.0 203 .500 12.7 1.91 49 40 178 10 100
HLTP3I-X12 12.0 305 .500 12.7 3.18 81 40 178 10 100
UL Listed Loop Ties (Black) –Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLTP2I-X0 8.0 203 .500 12.7 1.91 49 40 178 10 100
HLTP3I-X0 12.0 305 .500 12.7 3.18 81 40 178 10 100
UL Listed Strip Ties (Maroon) –Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLSP1.5S-X12 6.0 152 .750 19.1 1.50 38 50 222 10 100
HLSP3S-X12 12.0 305 .750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
HLSP5S-X12 18.0 457 .750 19.1 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
UL Listed Strip Ties (Black) –Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLSP1.5S-X0 6.0 152 .750 19.1 1.50 38 50 222 10 100
HLSP3S-X0 12.0 305 .750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
HLSP5S-X0 18.0 457 .750 19.1 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
Part Number
Length Width
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Ft. mIn. mm In. mm Lbs. N
TTS-20R0 20.0 6.1 .750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 10
TTS-35R3-0 35.0 10.7 .750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 8
TTS-35RX0 35.0 10.7 .750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 10
X-out for #10 screw
(Recommend truss head)
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.89
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Unique material with hooks and loops on same side allows user
to secure a greater range of bundle diameters,
including smaller bundles
• Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance cabling,
protecting against over-tensioning
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes
• Low profile contoured cinch ring provides extra strength and
bundle tightness while reducing overall bundle size
• Grommet (UGCTC and UGCTE styles) offers strength and assures
reliable installations that resist pullout when bundling and mounting
cables within cabinet applications
• Tapered tip facilitates easy, snag-free threading to
speed installation
• Use flat-head screws for grommet applications shown below
Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
Ultra-Cinch ™Hook & Loop Cable Ties
Note: 1/4" (6mm) diameter mounting hole on grommet style cinch ties.
UGCTC UGCTEUCT
UGCTC
Bundle is centered
over mounting point
UGCTE
Bundle is offset
from mounting point
Part Number
Length Width
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str. Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Cinch Ties
UCT3S-X0 12.0 305 .850 21.6 3.00 76 50 222 10 100
UCT5S-X0 18.0 457 .850 21.6 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
Cinch Ties –Center Mount Grommet (Bundle is centered over mounting point)
UGCTC3S-X0 12.0 305 .850 21.6 3.00 76 50 222 10 100
UGCTC5S-X0 18.0 457 .850 21.6 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
Cinch Ties –End Mount Grommet (Bundle is offset from mounting point)
UGCTE3S-X0 12.0 305 .850 21.6 3.00 76 50 222 10 100
UGCTE5S-X0 18.7 475 .850 21.6 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
Flat Head Screws for Grommet Cinch Ties
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
UCTGS1224-X 12-24 UNC x 5/8mm (.625") flat head
phillips screw 10 100
UCTGSM5-X M5 x 16mm flat head phillips screw 10 100
UCTGSM6-X M6 x 16mm flat head phillips screw 10 100
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.90
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit
Color Suffix
Black 0
Red 2
Orange 3
Yellow 4
Green 5
Panduit
Color Suffix
Blue 6
Gray 8
White 10
Maroon 12
Hook and Loop Cable Ties
Color Chart
Part Number Availability List
Standard Packaging
Part Number Color
HLB2S 0
HLM-15R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS-15R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS-75R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS1.5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLSP1.5S-X 0,12
HLSP3S-X 0,12
HLSP5S-X 0,12
HLT2I-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLT3I-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLTP2I-X 0,12
HLTP3I-X 0,12
TTS-20R 0
TTS-35RX 0
TTS-35R3 0
UCT3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UCT5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTC3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTC5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTE3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTE5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.91
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
HLW Marker Hook and Loop Wrap Ties
• Safe choice for network cable bundling
• Re-usable multiple times; use where frequent moves, adds, and
changes are anticipated
• Black tie contains a white rectangular "write-on" area where users
can write a message using Panduit permanent marking pens on
page B2.28
• Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating
Elastomeric Cable Ties –ERT
• Elastic material provides a flexible tie body that safely contours
around cable bundle to prevent over-tensioning of data cables to
maintain network integrity
• UL 94V-0 material provides greater flame resistance and meets
stringent telecommunication flammability requirements (i.e. NEBS
GR-63-CORE)
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor
or outdoor use
• Soft material has no sharp edges to protect the installer and cable
bundle for improved jobsite safety and reliability
• The high coefficient of friction material provides a tight grip and
prevents lateral movement along cable bundle, minimizing overall
installation time and potential re-work
• Releasable design allows release and re-use to accommodate
frequent moves, adds, and changes to support evolving equipment
and cabling needs
• Halogen-free, non-toxic and environmentally safe material will not
release toxic or corrosive gases upon combustion
• Locking head design; the tapered tip tail threads into locking head
to speed productivity; industry-accepted, intuitive tie design
Part Number Color
Length
In. (mm)
Width
In. (mm)
Thickness
In. (mm)
Head
Height
In. (mm)
Head
Width
In. (mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
ERT2M-C20 Black 8.5
(216)
0.500
(12.70) 0.090
(2.29) .323
(8.20) .841
(21.36) 18
(80)
100 1000
ERT3M-C20 Black 11.0
(279) 100 1000
ERT4.5M-C20 Black 16.0
(406) 100 1000
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
(mm)
Length
In.
(mm)
Width
In.
(mm)
Thickness
In.
(mm)
Marker
Write-on
Area
In.
(mm)
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
HLWM1.5S-X0 1.5
(38) 6.0
(152) 0.790
(20.1) 0.17
(4.3) 2.5 x 0.50
63.5 x 12.7 50
(222) 10 100
HLWM3S-X0 3.2
(81) 12.0
(305) 0.790
(20.1) 0.17
(4.3) 2.5 x 0.50
63.5 x 12.7 50
(222) 10 100
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.92
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Bundle Organizing Tool
• Reduces cable installation time up to 50% compared to traditional
methods
• Arranges 24 cables prior to applying Panduit network cable ties
• Optimizes bundle size and improves installed appearance
• Two inserts handle multiple network cable diameters
• Unique design allows twist-free bundling from the end or the
middle of bundle
• Smooth edges; safe for use on network cables preventing
cable abrasion
• Ergonomic fit and compact design
• Impact resistant material and low friction design to glide smoothly
across cable bundle
**When using the CBOT24K on 10 Gigabit cables, it is recommended that Panduit 10Gig™Category 6A cables be used for
optimum performance of installed cable. See www.panduit.com for cable details.
Part
Number Description
Recommended for
Cable Outer
Diameter Range
Use the
Following
Insert
Insert Used with the
Following
Panduit Cable Types
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CBOT24K Kit contains
jacket cover
with hook
and loop
fastener and
two inserts.
0.180" – 0.248"
(4.57mm – 6.30mm) Fluorescent
Green TX5500™Category 5e UTP
TX6000™Category 6 UTP 110
0.230" – 0.310"
(5.84mm – 7.87mm) Fluorescent
Yellow TX6500™Enhanced
Category 6
TX6A™10Gig™Category 6A**
All Shielded Cables
The steps below outline how easy it is to use the Panduit cable bundle organizing tool starting from the middle of the bundle outwards, using
two tools. For starting at the end of the bundle, follow the same steps using only one tool. (Use above table to select appropriate insert based
on cable diameter/type.)
Step 1
Use the unique pocket and boss
features to align two same color
inserts. Hold both together.
Step 2
Insert cables, one at a time, into the
pre-formed slots of both inserts until
all cables are installed.
Step 3
Pull the two inserts apart.
Step 4
Place the jacket cover around each
insert and secure with the attached
hook and loop fastener.
Step 5
Guide the tool along the bundle
length to organize the cables,
stopping at desired intervals to
apply Panduit Network Cable Ties.
Step 6
When completed, slide tool off of
cable bundle. The Panduit cable
bundle organizing tool reduces
installation time up to 50% and
delivers a professional,
organized installation.
Pocket
Boss
Installation Instructions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.93
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Ties
– Used wherever you need to bundle wire, cable, hose or tubing
– A variety of colors for color-coding applications
– Cross Sections: Intermediate, Standard, Heavy-Standard, Light-Heavy,
Heavy and Extra-Heavy
Marker and Flag Ties
– Fasten and identify bundles at the same time
– A variety of colors for color-coding applications
– Cross Sections: Miniature and Standard
Marker Plates
– Mount in any direction, either vertically or horizontally as flags, tags,
or wrap-around identification plates.
– White or Weather Resistant black color
– Marker plate sizes:
1.50" x .75" 2.50" x .75"
1.75" x .75" 3.50" x .75"
2.00" x .75" 2.50" x 1.75"
Cable Marker Straps
– Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable – replaces costly
and cumbersome lead marking tags
– Lightweight and easy to install
– Can be used as wrap-around or flag marker
– Also can be used in underground identification applications
– Polyethylene material available in red and gray
– Marking area: 1.50" x 2.62"
Hot Stamping Service
Custom Printed Cable Ties
Custom Hot Stamping Service provides a permanent, high quality
imprinted message on Panduit cable ties and marker plates.
Graphics, text, numbers and colors provide a variety of choices
for customization.
Hot stamped cable ties and marker plates are typically used for
identification, or for labeling critical components. Panduit cable ties,
marker ties, marker plates and marker straps are available to suit
your application.
Your choice of:
• Seven text colors (black, blue, green, red, yellow, orange, white)
• A variety of characters and fonts
• Sequential numbering
• Special customer logos and diagrams
FAST! TWO WEEK LEAD TIME
Minimum Order: (Pieces/part number and message)
• 5,000 for Miniature*, Intermediate, Standard and Heavy-Standard cross section cable ties
• 3,000 for Light-Heavy, Heavy, and Extra-Heavy cross section cable ties
• 3,000 for Hook and Loop Wrap Ties
For hot stamping orders and inquiries, please call 1-800-777-3300
*Custom imprinting available on Miniature cross section for the Flag Style Cable Ties (PLF) only.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.94
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit Cable Tie Approvals
Logo (Symbol) Agency Spec/Approval Requirement Applicable Products
Underwriters
Laboratories,
Inc.
File E56854 and
MH29590 ZODZ(7), ZODZ(8), ALKW
Most miniature, intermediate,
standard, light-heavy and heavy cross
section ties are Recognized or Listed in
the US and Canada
Canadian
Standards
Association
File 031212
C22.2 No. 18.5-02 under the
category “Fittings –
Positioning Devices”
Most miniature, intermediate,
standard, light-heavy and heavy cross
section ties are Recognized or Listed in
the US and Canada
Conformity
European
Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC
(amended
93/68/EEC).
P
AN
-T
Y
AND
Dome-Top
Barb Ty
cable ties also meet
the requirements
from EN50146
CE Marking is required for
products sold within the European
Union. CE Marking Directives
specify the minimum performance
of these products. Applying the CE
mark signifies compliance with
essential requirements of specific
directives.
All cable tie products
ABS (American
Bureau of
Shipping)
05-HS463235-PDA
2005 Vessel Rules 1-1-4/7.7,
4-8/421.9.3 2001
MODU Rules 4-3-3/5.9.1
PLT Series, BT Series
Bureau Veritas
Cert 05968/C0
BV1178B/BVN/04
File ACE 14/601/01
Bureau Veritas Rules for the
Classification of Steel Ships
PLT Series, BT Series, PRT Series,
CBR Series
Det Norske
Veritas E-6405
Det Norske Veritas’ Rules for
Classification of Ships and Mobile
Offshore Units
PLT Series, PLC Series, PLM Series,
PRT Series, PLWP Series,
PRWP Series, PRST Series
Germany (VG)
Military K17/97165 VG 95 387 – 100 MS 3367F PLT Series, BT Series, SST Series
Lloyd’s Register
of Shipping 89/60111 (E3) Lloyd’s Register Type Approval PLT Series,BT Series, SST Series
NRC (Nuclear
Regulatory
Commission)
NRC 10CFR50
Quality Assurance Criteria for
Nuclear Plants and Reprocessing
Plants
All cable tie products
Plenum-Rated Panduit logo
Panduit symbol indicates that the
cable ties represented are suitable
for use in plenum or air handling
spaces in accordance with
Sec. 300.22(C) and (D) of the
National Electrical Code and
Rules 12-010 (3), (4) and (5) and
12-020 of the
Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.
Halar (702Y) and select Nylon 6.6 cable
ties as noted throughout catalog
US Military
Aerospace
Standard
QPL-AS23190-2 SAE spec AS23190 See Military Cross Reference
Page B1.95
AQA
International ISO/TS16949
AQA registration. Quality
management system assessment
certificate
Tinley Park, Illinois Manufacturing
Operations (Cable Tie Division) Quality
Management System.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.95
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Military Cross Reference
The Panduit cable ties and marker ties listed in the following tables meet all of the testing requirements of
Aerospace Standard SAE-AS23190A (formerly MIL-S-23190E) and the dimensional requirements of Aerospace
Standards SAE-AS33671 (formerly MS3367) and SAE-AS33681 (formerly MS3368).
Table continues on page B1.96
Mil. Std. Part
Number Color Pan-Ty ®
Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty Sta-Strap ®
Belt-Ty ™
In-Line Contour-Ty ®
MS3367-1-0 Black* PLT2S-C00, -M00 ————
MS3367-1-1 Brown PLT2S-C1, -M1 BT2S-M1 ———
MS3367-1-2 Red PLT2S-C2, -M2 BT2S-M2 ———
MS3367-1-3 Orange PLT2S-C3, -M3 BT2S-M3 ———
MS3367-1-4 Yellow PLT2S-C4Y, -M4Y BT2S-M4Y ———
MS3367-1-5 Green PLT2S-C5, -M5 BT2S-M5 ———
MS3367-1-6 Blue PLT2S-C6, -M6 BT2S-M6 ———
MS3367-1-7 Purple PLT2S-C7, -M7 BT2S-M7 ———
MS3367-1-8 Gray PLT2S-C8, -M8 BT2S-M8 ———
MS3367-1-9 Natural PLT2S-C, -M, -VMR BT2S-C, -M SST2S-C, -M ——
MS3367-2-0 Black* PLT4S-C00, -M00 ————
MS3367-2-1 Brown PLT4S-M1 ————
MS3367-2-2 Red PLT4S-C2, -M2 BT4S-M2 SST4S-M2 ——
MS3367-2-3 Orange PLT4S-C3, -M3 BT4S-M3 ———
MS3367-2-4 Yellow PLT4S-C4Y, -M4Y BT4S-M4Y ———
MS3367-2-5 Green PLT4S-C5, -M5 BT4S-M5 ———
MS3367-2-6 Blue PLT4S-C6, -M6 BT4S-M6 ———
MS3367-2-7 Purple PLT4S-C7, -M7 BT4S-M7 ———
MS3367-2-8 Gray PLT4S-C8, -M8 BT4S-M8 ———
MS3367-2-9 Natural PLT4S-C, -M BT4S-C, -M SST4S-C, -M ——
MS3367-3-0 Black* PLT4H-L00, -TL00 ————
MS3367-3-1 Brown PLT4H-TL1 ————
MS3367-3-2 Red PLT4H-TL2 ————
MS3367-3-3 Orange PLT4H-TL3 ————
MS3367-3-4 Yellow PLT4H-TL4Y ————
MS3367-3-5 Green PLT4H-TL5 ————
MS3367-3-6 Blue PLT4H-TL6 ————
MS3367-3-9 Natural PLT4H-L, -C, -TL BT4LH-L, -TL SST4H-L, -D ——
MS3367-4-0 Black* PLT1M-C00, -M00, -XMR00 ————
MS3367-4-0 Black* PLT1.5M-XMR00 ————
MS3367-4-1 Brown PLT1M-C1, -M1, -XMR1 BT1M-M1 ———
MS3367-4-2 Red PLT1M-C2, -M2, -XMR2 BT1M-M2 ———
MS3367-4-3 Orange PLT1M-C3, -M3, -XMR3 BT1M-M3 ———
MS3367-4-4 Yellow PLT1M-C4Y, -M4Y, -XMR4Y BT1M-M4Y ———
MS3367-4-5 Green PLT1M-C5, -M5, -XMR5 BT1M-M5 ———
MS3367-4-6 Blue PLT1M-C6, -M6, -XMR6 BT1M-M6 ———
MS3367-4-7 Purple PLT1M-C7, -M7, -XMR7 BT1M-M7 ———
MS3367-4-8 Gray PLT1M-C8, -M8, -XMR8 BT1M-M8 ———
MS3367-4-9 Natural PLT1M-C, -M, -XMR BT1M-C, -M, -XMR SST1M-C, -M ——
MS3367-4-9 Natural PLT.7M-C, -M ————
MS3367-4-9 Natural PLT1.5M-XMR BT1.5M-XMR ———
MS3367-5-0 Black* PLT1.5I-M00 ————
MS3367-5-1 Brown PLT1.5I-C1, -M1 BT1.5I-M1 ———
MS3367-5-2 Red PLT1.5I-C2, -M2 BT1.5I-M2 ———
MS3367-5-3 Orange PLT1.5I-C3, -M3 BT1.5I-M3 ———
MS3367-5-4 Yellow PLT1.5I-C4Y, -M4Y BT1.5I-M4Y ———
Cable Tie Cross Reference
*Weather resistant per ASTM D 4066-94B.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.96
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Military Cross Reference (continued)
Cable Tie Cross Reference
Contour-Ty ®
Belt-Ty ™
In-LineSta-Strap ®
Dome-Top ®
Barb TyPan-Ty ®
Color
Mil. Std. Part
Number
MS3367-5-5 Green PLT1.5I-C5, -M5 BT1.5I-M5 ———
MS3367-5-6 Blue PLT1.5I-C6, -M6 BT1.5I-M6 ———
MS3367-5-7 Purple PLT1.5I-C7, -M7 BT1.5I-M7 ———
MS3367-5-8 Gray PLT1.5I-C8, -M8 BT1.5I-M8 ———
MS3367-5-9 Natural PLT1.5I-C, -M BT1.5I-C, -M SST1.5I-C, -M ——
MS3367-6-9 Natural PLT8LH-L, -C BT8LH-L, -C SST8H-L, -D ——
MS3367-6-9 Natural —BT9LH-L, -C ———
MS3367-7-0 Black* PLT3S-C00, -M00 ————
MS3367-7-1 Brown PLT3S-M1 ————
MS3367-7-2 Red PLT3S-C2, -M2 BT3S-C2 ———
MS3367-7-3 Orange PLT3S-M3 ————
MS3367-7-4 Yellow PLT3S-M4Y ————
MS3367-7-5 Green PLT3S-M5 ————
MS3367-7-6 Blue PLT3S-M6 ————
MS3367-7-7 Purple PLT3S-M7 ————
MS3367-7-8 Gray PLT3S-M8 ————
MS3367-7-9 Natural PLT3S-C, -M BT3S-C, -M SST3S-C, -M ——
MS3367-8-9 Natural PLT5H-L, -C ————
MS3367-9-9 Natural PLT6H-L, -C ————
MS3367-11-9 Natural PLT8H-L, -C ————
MS3367-14-9 Natural PLT13H-Q, -C ————
MS3367-20-9 Natural PLT5EH-Q, -C ————
MS3367-21-9 Natural PLT6EH-Q, -C ————
MS3367-22-9 Natural PLT8EH-C ————
MS3367-23-9 Natural ———
ILT2S-C, -M —
MS3367-24-9 Natural ———
ILT4S-C, -M —
MS3367-25-9 Natural ———
ILT4LH-TL —
MS3367-29-9 Natural ———
ILT3S-C, -M —
MS3367-30-9 Natural ————
CBR1M-M
MS3367-31-9 Natural ————
CBR1.5M-M
MS3367-32-1 Brown ————
CBR2M-M1
MS3367-32-2 Red ————
CBR2M-M2
MS3367-32-3 Orange ————
CBR2M-M3
MS3367-32-4 Yellow ————
CBR2M-M4Y
MS3367-32-5 Green ————
CBR2M-M5
MS3367-32-6 Blue ————
CBR2M-M6
MS3367-32-7 Purple ————
CBR2M-M7
MS3367-32-9 Natural ————
CBR2M-M
MS3367-33-9 Natural ————
CBR1.5I-M
MS3367-34-1 Brown ————
CBR3I-M1
MS3367-34-2 Red ————
CBR3I-M2
MS3367-34-3 Orange ————
CBR3I-M3
MS3367-34-4 Yellow ————
CBR3I-M4Y
MS3367-34-5 Green ————
CBR3I-M5
MS3367-34-6 Blue ————
CBR3I-M6
MS3367-34-7 Purple ————
CBR3I-M7
MS3367-34-8 Gray ————
CBR3I-M8
MS3367-34-9 Natural ————
CBR3I-M
MS3367-35-9 Natural ————
CBR4I-M
*Weather resistant per ASTM D 4066-94B.
GTSLMS90387-5
GS4EHMS90387-4
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.97
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
The Panduit installation tools listed in the table below meet all of the testing requirements of MIL-T-81306
and the dimensional requirements of MS90387.
Installation Tools
Cable Tie Cross Reference
Contour-Ty ®
Belt-Ty ™
In-LineSta-Strap ®
Dome-Top ®
Barb TyPan-Ty ®
Color
Mil. Std. Part
Number
MS3367-36-9 Natural ————
CBR2S-M
MS3367-37-9 Natural ————
CBR3S-M
MS3367-38-9 Natural ————
CBR4S-M
MS3367-39-9 Natural ————
CBR2HS-D
MS3367-40-9 Natural ————
CBR4LH-TL
MS3367-41-9 Natural ————
CBR6LH-C
MS3368-1-2A Red PLM2S-D2 ————
MS3368-1-3A Orange PLM2S-D3 ————
MS3368-1-4A Yellow PLM2S-C4Y, -D4Y ————
MS3368-1-5A Green PLM2S-D5 ————
MS3368-1-6A Blue PLM2S-D6 ————
MS3368-1-8A Gray PLM2S-D8 ————
MS3368-1-9A Natural PLM2S-C, -D BM2S-C, -D ———
MS3368-1-9B Natural ——
SSM2S-C, -D ——
MS3368-2-2A Red PLM4S-D2 ————
MS3368-2-4A Yellow PLM4S-D4Y ————
MS3368-2-6A Blue PLM4S-D6 ————
MS3368-2-9A Natural PLM4S-C, -D BM4S-C, -D ———
MS3368-2-9B Natural ——
SSM4S-D ——
MS3368-3-4C Yellow PL2M2S-D4Y ————
MS3368-3-9C Natural PL2M2S-L, -D B2M2S-D ———
MS3368-4-4D Yellow PL3M2S-D4Y ————
MS3368-4-9D Natural PL3M2S-L, -D B3M2S-TL ———
MS3368-5-1E Brown PLM1M-M1 ————
MS3368-5-2E Red PLM1M-M2 ————
MS3368-5-3E Orange PLM1M-M3 ————
MS3368-5-4E Yellow PLM1M-M4Y ————
MS3368-5-5E Green PLM1M-M5 ————
MS3368-5-6E Blue PLM1M-M6 ————
MS3368-5-7E Purple PLM1M-M7 ————
MS3368-5-8E Gray PLM1M-M8 ————
MS3368-5-9E Natural PLM1M-C, -M BM1M-C, -M ———
Mil. Spec.
Part Number
Panduit
Part
Number
MS90387-1 GTS, GS2B
MS90387-2 GS4H, GTH
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.98
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Selecting the Proper Cable Tie Material for Your Application
By using the information on our material selection chart on pages B1.2 and B1.3 as a guide, the user will
be better equipped to select the best cable tie and material suited to perform its intended function over
a long period of time.
For long life and dependable service, there are many factors to consider when selecting the proper cable tie
for each application. Since it is impossible for Panduit to provide data on all the various combinations of
conditions which may arise, it is suggested that this data be used as a guide. Sample cable ties should be
tested under actual end-use conditions to determine the correct cable tie for the application.
To select the optimum cable tie for a specific application, the chart on pages B1.2 and B1.3 can be used as a
reference. First, determine the most critical design criteria and then read across the table to find which material
is most suitable to meet this need. Next, review the other criteria by scanning in a vertical direction on the chart
and then make your final selection.
Cable Tie Selection and Specification Guidelines
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
The application requires a low cost material, good ultraviolet
resistance, and good resistance to acid rains. The best choice is Weather Resistant Polypropylene. Price is
medium, the UV rating is 6, and the acid resistance rating is 9.
Application Selection
Example No. 2
The application requires high radiation (2 x 108 rads) resistance
and excellent resistance to hydrocarbons. The best choice is PEEK, TEFZEL■, or HALAR▲.
The price is higher than other materials, but all have
high ratings in resistance to radiation and hydrocarbons.
Example No. 1
Application Selection
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.99
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Over a period of time, ultraviolet light (a component of sunlight) attacks most plastic materials and reduces their
properties by breaking the molecular chain. The material breakdown is accompanied by reductions in tensile
strength and elongation, increased brittleness, color changes and loss of surface gloss.
Carbon black, which is used in Panduit nylon, polypropylene, and acetal cable ties, is one of the most effective
stabilizers known today. A uniform dispersion of carbon black provides good ultraviolet light resistance without
adversely affecting physical properties. The addition of carbon black, or any other ultraviolet light stabilizer,
prolongs the useful outdoor life of plastic products, but it does not totally eliminate the destructive effects of the
light. Some plastics, such as TEFZEL■or HALAR▲, are intrinsically very resistant to ultraviolet light
and do not require stabilizing additives.
Weathering Test Methods
In order to monitor the effects of ultraviolet light and the effectiveness of ultraviolet stabilizers, Panduit,
in conformance with industry standards, adopted two methods of weatherability testing: Outdoor Aging and
Accelerated Weather Aging.
Outdoor Aging
The Outdoor Aging method is probably the best and most realistic method of the two. It is conducted in
accordance with ASTM D 1435 Standard Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics, and allows the
material to be affected by not only ultraviolet light, but by all other outdoor elements as well. Although this may
more closely approximate an actual application, two drawbacks do exist. The period of time required to
produce property decay and material failure may be quite long, and varying adverse chemical environments
cannot be tested.
Accelerated Weather Aging
Accelerated weathering tests are conducted to estimate the rate of degradation due to a combination of
ultraviolet light, temperature, and moisture. The methods used are in accordance with the following standards:
• ASTM D 1499, Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc type) for exposure to plastics
• ASTM G 154-04, Operating Light and Water Exposure (Fluorescent UV Condensation type) for exposure
of non-metallic materials
The condition specified in ASTM D 1499 utilizes a water spray and a carbon arc to simulate natural sunshine.
The test chamber is operated 20 hrs./day with a two-hour cycle of 108 minutes of simulated sunshine and twelve
minutes of sunshine and water spray. The temperature of a black body inside the chamber is approximately
63°C (145°F) during the “sunshine only” portion of the cycle. Humidity is not controlled inside the chamber.
The test chamber per ASTM G 154-04 uses fluorescent sun lamps to generate ultraviolet light only. A heated
water pan produces condensation during a portion of the cycle. The daily cycle is composed of 20 hours of light
followed by 4 hours of condensation. Black body temperatures during the light cycle are 50°C (122°F) and
40°C (104°F) during the condensation cycle.
Panduit has also designed a special chamber, which is used to simulate the effect of acid rain and ultraviolet
light on cable tie materials. The effects of other common chemicals, such as road salt, are also evaluated
in this chamber.
These methods are effective in quickly determining the ultraviolet light resistance of the various cable tie
materials, but it must be emphasized that there are no exact correlations between accelerated aging and
actual outdoor exposure.
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Weathering
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.100
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Material Failure Testing
Property decay can lead to three different modes of failure: loss of strength, loss of toughness, or change in
appearance. The critical mode for any given application would depend upon the application and the
requirements it places upon the material itself.
Loss of strength is monitored by tensile testing samples of the material before and after it has been weathered.
This test will reveal the decreasing strength accompanied by extended weathering.
Loss of toughness can be monitored by measuring changes in elongation and impact strength. As ultraviolet
light exposure time increases and the material becomes brittle, its elongation and impact strength are greatly
reduced. It is important to note that brittle failures can occur even when the tensile strength shows no change.
Although change in appearance is normally not a failure mode for cable ties, the plastic does tend to discolor
and lose its surface gloss as exposure increases. These changes can be measured by color difference using
Adams units, which are similar to National Bureau of Standard units.
Panduit has its own weathering test program to determine estimated life of various cable tie materials. This
includes examining many previously aged samples obtained throughout the world.
In all cases, the amount of property decay increased with increasing exposure to ultraviolet light. The principal
signs of degradation were found to be brittleness, cracking, and loss of surface gloss. It was also determined
that the time for failure to occur was shorter than indicated from industry tests performed on material samples.
This discrepancy is in part due to the fact that cable ties were tested in an end use, stressed condition, while
most plastic resin suppliers conduct weathering tests using unstressed test bars.
Five cable tie materials have superior ultraviolet light resistance: TEFZEL■, HALAR▲, Weather Resistant Acetal,
Nylon 12 and Stainless Steel.
Determining the outdoor life expectancy of any material is difficult since there are other factors, besides
ultraviolet light stability, which have to be considered. These factors are listed below and should be considered
before specifying a cable tie material.
*Based on the assumption of minimum loading, no chemical attack and
impact-free conditions.
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Factor
Chemicals
Bundle
diameter
Loading
Thickness
Vibration
Degree of
exposure
Moisture
Galvanized
metals
Effect on Cable Tie Life
Applications which have chemicals present can
reduce the life of a tie. This is the most detrimental
factor to the life of a tie.
As the bundle diameter is reduced, the tie has more
bending stress. A thick strap on a small bundle
diameter has more stress.
If the tie is under high loading, this will add additional
stress on the tie body.
A thinner tie will have a decreased life since surface
cracks will penetrate the thickness of the tie faster.
Applications with high vibrations will cause impact,
which will propagate any surface cracks.
No shield or shade, southern exposure, higher
altitudes and high temperatures, decrease the life
of a cable tie.
High humidity plus high temperature can result in
degradation due to hydrolysis in nylon.
Acid rain and acid moisture acting on galvanized
metals release chemicals known to attack Nylon 6.6.
Weathering Life Expectancy
Material, Color (Part Number Suffix)
Polypropylene, Green (109)
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No suffix)
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Black (60)
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural (39)
PEEK, Polyetheretherketone, Translucent Brown (71)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)
Weather Resistant Polypropylene, Black (100)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0 and 00)
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300)
Weather Resistant Nylon 12, Black (120)
TEFZEL■, Aqua Blue (76)
HALAR▲, Maroon (702Y)
Weather Resistant Acetal, Black
Stainless Steel
Years*
1
1 – 2
1 – 2
1 – 2
1 – 2
1 – 2
4 – 5
7 – 9
7 – 9
7 – 9
12 – 15
>15
>15
>20
>30
Weathering (continued)
Table A – External Factors That Affect the Life of a Cable Tie
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.101
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Flammability
A number of test procedures have been developed which can be used for the evaluation and comparison of
various materials to support combustion.
UL 94 Vertical Burning Test
Samples of a material, with dimensions 127mm by 12.7mm and the thickness of the intended end use product,
are tested in an unaged “as manufactured” state and in an aged state (seven days at 158°F, 70°C). The test
requires the placement of a precisely controlled flame under a vertically supported specimen for a ten second
period. The controlled flame is removed and the duration of flaming combustion of the specimen is recorded.
When the flaming combustion of the specimen extinguishes, it is immediately subjected to an additional
controlled flame exposure. After the additional ten seconds of exposure, the controlled flame is removed,
and the duration of flaming combustion of the specimen is recorded. A piece of surgical cotton is placed under
the specimen. If drips ignite the cotton, this fact is also recorded.
Materials Classed 94V-0
Requirements:
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than ten seconds after either
application of the controlled flame
• The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 50 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications
(two controlled flame applications for each of the five specimens)
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp
• None of the specimens will drip flaming particles that ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton
located 12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
• None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 30 seconds after
the second removal of the controlled flame
Materials Classed 94V-1
Requirements:
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either
application of the controlled flame
• The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 250 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications
(two controlled flame applications for each of the five specimens)
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp
• Specimens may drip flaming particles which burn only briefly, and may not ignite the dry absorbent
surgical cotton located 12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
• None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 60 seconds after the
second removal of the controlled flame
Materials Classed 94V-2
Requirements:
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either
application of the controlled flame
• The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 250 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications
(two controlled flame applications for each of the five specimens)
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp
• Specimens may drip flaming particles which burn only briefly, and may ignite the dry absorbent surgical
cotton placed 12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
• None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 60 seconds after
the second removal of the controlled flame
Flammability
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.102
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
ASTM D 635
Samples of a material, with dimensions 125mm by 12.5mm and the thickness of the intended end use product,
are tested in an unaged “as manufactured” state. A precisely controlled flame is applied to the specimen and a
stopwatch is started. The flame is applied for 30 seconds. The stopwatch is stopped when burning or glowing
combustion ceases or when the flame has proceeded to a mark 100mm from the free end. Ten specimens are
tested. If any of the specimens burn to the 100mm mark, an additional ten specimens are tested.
Burning Rate
• If two or more specimens have burned to the 100mm mark then Average Burning Rate (cm/min.) shall
be reported as the average of the burning rates of all specimens which have burned to the 100mm mark
Table B – Flammability Ratings
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
AEB, mm = [10(mm) – unburned length(mm)]
N = Number of specimens tested
Rounded to the nearest 5mm
N = Number of specimens tested
Rounded to the nearest 5 seconds
Flammability (continued)
N
0
N
ATB, s = [time(sec) – 30(sec)]
N
ΣΣ
N
0
ΣΣ
*UL Recognized cable ties meet stated ratings. **UL Recognized -0 parts
Average Time of Burning and Average Extent of Burning
• Average time of burning and average extent of burning of the sample shall be reported if none of the
ten samples or no more than one of the twenty specimens have burned to the 100mm mark
• Average Time of Burning (ATB): • Average Extent of Burning (AEB):
UL 94
94V-2 @ .71mm
94V-2 @ .71mm
94V-2** @ .71mm
94V-2 @ .71mm
94V-2 @ .71mm
94V-2 @ .71mm
94V-0 @ .81mm
94V-0 @ .81mm
94V-0 @ 1.5mm
94 HB @ .71mm
94 HB @ 1.6mm
94 HB @ .94mm
94 HB @ .94mm
94V-0 @ 1.5mm
94V-0 @ .18mm
94 HB @ 1.5mm
Materials
Nylon 6.6, Natural
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black
(Meets Mil. Spec.)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black*
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6, Black
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Black
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6,
Natural (Ivory)
PEEK, Polyetheretherketone,
Translucent Brown
Metal Detectable Nylon 6.6, Blue
Weather Resistant Nylon 12, Black
Polypropylene, Green
Weather Resistant Polypropylene, Black
TEFZEL■, Aqua Blue
HALAR▲, Maroon
Weather Resistant Acetal, Black
ASTM D 635
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds
AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds
—
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Avg. Burning Rate
1.6cm/min.
Avg. Burning Rate
2cm/min.
Avg. Burning Rate
2cm/min.
AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds
AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds
Avg. Burning Rate
2.8cm/min
Part Number
Suffix
None
00
0
30
39
300
60
69
71
86
120
109
100
76
702Y
DT Prefix
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.103
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Radiation
Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the
maximum acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in vari-
ous areas of nuclear power plants (for radiation exposure accumulated over a 40 year life). See Cable Tie
Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for radiation resistance rating.
Moisture
Many plastics when exposed to high relative humidity absorb water and, as such, the tensile strength of the
material can change dramatically. Nylon 6.6 when exposed to 100% relative humidity, will absorb as much
as 8.5% water which will reduce tensile strength by 50% when compared to a dry cable tie. Polypropylene,
HALAR▲, Type 12 Nylon, TEFZEL■, Acetal and PEEK are low water absorbing materials and, as such,
the effect of water is minimal. See Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for moisture absorption.
Proper Storage
Nylon 6.6 is a hygroscopic material (affected by atmospheric moisture variations). The optimum storage
requirement for Nylon 6.6 cable ties is 73°F (± 15°F) and 50% RH (relative humidity) in sealed containers.
Improper storage, especially in cold/dry conditions can result in moisture loss, which impedes cable tie
performance. Panduit packaging provides Nylon 6.6 cable ties conditioned to 2.5% moisture added
by weight in heavy-wall, polyethylene heat-sealed bags.
Temperature
Plastic materials normally undergo property loss due to oxidation caused by exposure to high temperatures.
The maximum continuous use temperature for cable tie materials depends upon the time at the elevated
temperature as well as other environmental conditions. Initially, plastics become more flexible and weaker
when exposed to high temperatures. After a period of time, oxidation may occur which will cause embrittlement,
making plastic cable ties more susceptible to failure from impact and vibration.
The maximum continuous use temperature, is based on the UL Relative Thermal Index (mechanical
without impact) as determined by UL per UL 746B. It is one indicator of a material’s ability to retain a particular
physical property when exposed to elevated temperatures over an extended period of time. It is based on the
assumption that there is no loading, no chemical attack, and impact-free condition. The maximum continuous
use temperatures for cable tie materials are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Low temperature exposure will also make most plastics more brittle during the exposure, but little property loss
occurs when the material is returned to room temperatures. The minimum application use temperatures for cable
tie materials are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Tensile Strength
Most cable ties are selected based on material, length, and minimum loop tensile strength. Minimum loop
tensile strength was established under SAE Aerospace Standard AS23190. Each cable tie cross section
(SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy,
H = Heavy and EH = Extra-Heavy) has a different loop tensile strength when tested per AS23190.
The cable tie is first conditioned at 49°C (120°F), 20% relative humidity for 24 hours, then the cable tie is
installed on a split mandrel and the halves of the mandrel separated at a rate of 1 inch (25.4mm) per minute.
The separating force required to unlock or break the cable tie is the loop tensile strength. Loop tensile strength
is dependent both on the locking design and the tensile strength (psi) of the material. As an example, the tensile
strength of polypropylene material is approximately 1/2 to 1/3 of Nylon 6.6; thus the loop tensile strength of a
given cross section tie made of polypropylene would be much less than a tie made of Nylon 6.6. This is another
property to be considered when selecting a cable tie. The various representative loop tensile strengths are listed
in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Halogen-Free
All Panduit cable ties (with the exception of TEFZEL■and HALAR▲) are halogen-free per
IEC Specification 61249-2-21.
Radiation/Moisture/Temperature/Tensile Strength
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.104
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Many factors combine to determine the useful life of a cable tie material and none is as important
as chemical exposure. Various chemicals will have different effects on plastics depending on such variables
as chemical concentrations, temperature, stress and ultraviolet light. This table is an excellent guideline
for the selection of the best cable tie material for various cable tie environments. It should be noted that
the exposure for this chemical resistance chart is at 70°F (21°C).
Resistance of Panduit cable tie materials to chemical attack at 70°F (21°C)
Table C – Chemical Resistance Table
A = Excellent
B = Satisfactory
C = Slight Attack
D = Attacked
— = Not Tested
1= Pitting occurs under some conditions
2= Attack may occur if sulfuric acid present
Aq. = Aqueous
C.S. = Cold Saturated
*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Agent
Percent
Concentration
Nylon
6.6*
Nylon
12 Polypropylene TEFZEL■■HALAR▲▲PEEK
304
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel
Acetaldehyde 90 B— C AAA——
Acetic Acid 97DD A AAAAA
Acetic Acid 10CBAAA—AA
Acetic Anhydride 90—BAAA—AA
Acetone 100AA A AAAAA
Acetophenone 100 — — B A A — A A
Acetylene 100—— A AAAAA
Aluminum Chloride 10 BA A AAADC
Aluminum Fluoride 10BAAAA—DC
Aluminum Hydroxide Aq. C.S. — A A A A — A A
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 10BAAAA—A
1A1
Ammonia All—A A AAAAA
Ammonium Carbonate 1 to 5 — A — A A — A A
Ammonium Chloride 10 to 25 D A A A A A A1A
Ammonium Hydroxide 10 A— — AAA——
Ammonium Nitrate 100—A A AAAAA
1
Ammonium Sulfate 10—A A AAAE
1A
Amyl Acetate 100—— C AAAAA
Aniline 100—B A AAAAA
Antimony Trichloride AllD— A AAAAA
Arsenic Acid 1 to 80 — — A A A — A A
Barium Carbonate All — A A A A — A A
Barium Chloride All — A A A A — A1A
Barium Sulfate All — A A A A — A A
Barium Sulfide All — A A A A — A A
Benzene 100AA C AAAAA
Benzoic Acid 100DA A AAAAA
Benzoyl Chloride 100 — — C A A — — —
Benzyl Alcohol 100 — — A A A A — —
Boric Acid AllDA A AAAB—
Bromine 100 D D D A A D D D
Butadiene 100 — — C A A — A A
Butane 100—A A AAAAA
Butanediol 100 — — A A A — — —
Butyl Acetate 100 — A C A A A — —
N. Butyl Alcohol 100—A A AAAAA
Butyl Phthalate 100 — — A A A — — —
Butyraldehyde 100 — — A A A — — —
Butyric Acid 10 to 100 D — A A A — A A
Calcium Carbonate Aq.C.S.—— A AAAAA
Calcium Chlorate Aq. C.S. — — A A A — A A
316
Stainless
Steel
304
Stainless
Steel
PEEKHALAR▲▲
TEFZEL■■
Polypropylene
Nylon
12
Nylon
6.6*
Percent
Concentration
Agent
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.105
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Calcium Chloride 5 CA A AAAA
1A1
Calcium Hydroxide 50—— A AAAAA
Calcium Hypochlorite 2 D— A AAAA
1A1
Calcium Nitrate 50—A A AAA——
Calcium Sulfate 2 C— A AAAAA
Carbon Tetrachloride 100AA D AAAAA
Carbon Tetrachloride Aq. 10 — — — — A — C1A1
Chlorine Dry—D D AADCC
Chlorine Wet—D C AADDD
Chloroacetic Acid 10 to 50 D — A A A A D C
Chlorobenzene 100 — C A A A A — —
Chloroform 100AC C AAAAA
Chlorosulphonic Acid 10 to 100 D D D B A D D D
Chromic Acid 10 to 50 D D A A A A C C
Citric Acid 10 to 50BB A —AAAA
Copper Chloride 1 to 10 D — A A A A A1-D A1-C1
Copper Cyanide Aq.C.S.—— A AAAAA
Copper Nitrate 50—— A AAAAA
Cresol 100 D D — A A — A A
Crotonaldehyde 100 — — A A A — — —
Cyclohexane 100—A C AAAA—
Cyclohexanol 100—A A AAAA—
Cyclohexanone 100—A C AAAA—
Dibutyl Phthalate 100 — — A A A A — —
Dichloroethane 100—— A —AAAA
Dichloroethylene 100 — — C A A — — —
Diesel Fuel 100—A C AAAAA
Diethyl Ether 100—A A AAAAA
Diglycolic Acid Aq. C.S. — — A A A — — —
Diisobytyl Ketone 100 — — A A A — — —
Dimethyl Amine 100 — — A A A — — —
Dimethyl Formamide 100—A A AAAA—
Dimethyl Sulfate 100 — — C A A — — —
Dioctyl Phthalate 100—— A AAAA—
1.4-Dioxane 100—B C AAAA—
Ethyl Acetate 100AA B AAAAA
Ethyl Alcohol 100AA A AAAAA
Ethyl Chloride 100 — — C A A — A A
Ethylene Chloride 100 A C C A A — A A
Ethylene Glycol 100AA A AAAAA
Ethylene Oxide 100 — — C A A A — —
Fatty Acids 100 — — A A A — — —
Ferric Chloride 50 D— A AACDD
Ferric Hydroxide All — — A A A — A A
Ferric Nitrate All—— A AAAAA
Ferrous Chloride Aq. C.S. D — A A A A D C
Ferrous Sulfate 10—— A AAAA
1A
Fluorine (Dry) 100 — — D A — D D D
Formaldehyde 40 AB A AAAA
1A
Formic Acid All D D A A A C A A
Freons 100 A — — A A A — —
Fuel Oil 100—A — AAAAA
Furfural 100 A — — A A — A A
Gallic Acid Aq. C.S. — — — A A — A A
Gasoline 100A— C AAAAA
Glycerin 100—A A —A—A A
Glycolic Acid 40 D— A A A ———
Heptane 100—A A AAAAA
Hexane 100—A A AAAAA
Hydrobromic Acid All D D A A A D D D
Table continues on page B1.106
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.106
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Table C – Chemical Resistance Table (continued)
*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
316
Stainless
Steel
304
Stainless
Steel
PEEKHALAR▲▲
TEFZEL■■
Polypropylene
Nylon
12
Nylon
6.6*
Percent
Concentration
Agent
Hydrochloric Acid All D D A A A A D D
Hydrocyanic Acid All — D A A A A C C
Hydrofluoric Acid All D D A A A D D D
Hydrofluorosilicic Acid 30 — D A A A — D D
Hydrogen Peroxide 30 DB B AAABA
Hydrogen Sulfide Dry—— A AAAAA
Hydrogen Sulfide Wet D — A A A — C2A2
Hydroquinone 100 — — A A A — — —
Iodine 100 — — A A A C D D
Iodoform 100 — — — A A — A A
Isopropyl Alcohol 100AA A AAAAA
Jet Fuel 100A— A AAAAA
Lactic Acid 10ABAAA—AA
Lanolin 10AAAAA—AA
Lead Acetate Aq.C.S.—— A AAAAA
Linseed Oil 100 A A A A A — A A
Magnesium Carbonate Aq. C. S. — A A A A — A A
Magnesium Chloride Aq. C.S. C A A A A A A1A1
Magnesium Nitrate Aq. C. S. — A A A A — A A
Maleic Acid 100 — — A A A A — —
Malic Acid Aq. C.S. — — A A A — A A
Mercuric Chloride Dilute — A A A A A D D
Mercury 100—A A AAAAA
Methyl Alcohol 100AA A AAAAA
Methyl Bromide 100 — — D A A — — —
Methyl Chloride 100—— C A A——A
Methyl Chloroform 100 A — C A A — — —
Methyl Ethyl Ketone 100—A C AAAAA
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 100 A — C A A — A A
Methylene Chloride 100CD C AAAAA
Naphtha 100—— A AAAAA
Naphthalene 100—B A AAAAA
Nickel Chloride Aq. C.S. — A A A A A A1A1
Nickel Sulfate Aq. C.S. — A A A A A A1A1
Nitric Acid 10 to 30 D D A A A — A A
Nitric Acid 30 to 68 D D D B A C A A
Nitro Benzene 100—C C AAAAA
Nitro Methane 100 A — — A A — — —
Nitrous Acid 5 —— — AAAAA
Oleic Acid 100—C A AAAAA
Oxalic Acid 10—C A AAAAA
Oxygen All — — A A A A — —
Paraffin 100 A A A A A — A A
Perchloroethylene 100—— C AAAAA
Petroleum Ether 100—A A AAAAA
Phenol 90 DD A AADAA
Phosphoric Acid 10 DD A AAAAA
Phosphorous Pentoxide 100 — D A A A A — —
Phosphorous Trichloride 100 — D C A A — A A
Phthalic Acid 50 —— C A A—A A
Picric Acid 1 —— A AAAAA
Potassium Borate 1 —— A A A ———
Potassium Bromide Aq. C.S. — — A A A A A1A1
Potassium Carbonate Aq.C.S.—C A AAAAA
Potassium Chlorate Aq.C.S.—B A AAAAA
Potassium Chloride 5 —A A AAAA
1A1
Potassium Dichromate Aq.C.S.—D A AAAAA
Potassium Ferrocyanide 25—— A AAAAA
Potassium Hydroxide 30 C— A AAACC
316
Stainless
Steel
304
Stainless
Steel
PEEKHALAR▲▲
TEFZEL■■
Polypropylene
Nylon
12
Nylon
6.6*
Percent
Concentration
Agent
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.107
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Potassium Iodide Aq.C.S.—A A —A—A A
Potassium Nitrate Aq.C.S.—A A AAAAA
Potassium Perchlorate 1 —— A A A ———
Potassium Permanganate 5 DD A AAAAA
Potassium Persulfate All — — A A A — — —
Potassium Sulfate Aq.C.S.—A A AAAAA
Potassium Sulfide Aq.C.S.—— A AAAAA
Propionic Acid 50 —— A A A ———
Propyl Alcohol 100A— A AAAAA
Pyridine 100 — A C A A A C C
Sea Water 100 — A A A A — A1A1
Silver Chloride Aq. C.S. — A A A A — D D
Silver Nitrate 10—A A AAAAA
Sodium Acetate Aq. C.S. A — A A A A A1A
Sodium Benzoate Aq. C.S. — — A A A — — —
Sodium Bicarbonate Aq.C.S.AA A AAAAA
Sodium Bisulfate 10 —— A A A—A A
Sodium Bisulfite Aq. C.S. — B A A A — A A
Sodium Borate Aq. C.S. — — A A A — A A
Sodium Carbonate 2 AA A AAAAA
Sodium Chlorate 25—C A AAAAA
Sodium Chloride 10 AA A AAAA
1A1
Sodium Chromate Aq. C.S. D — A A A — A A
Sodium Fluoride 5—— A AA—A
1A1
Sodium Hydroxide 10 AA A AAAAA
Sodium Hypochlorite 5 BC A AAAC
1A1
Sodium Hyposulfite Aq.C.S. — — — A A — A A
Sodium Nitrate 5 AA A AAAAA
Sodium Perborate Aq. C.S. — B A A A — — C
Sodium Perchlorate 10 —— — A A—A A
Sodium Phosphate 5—AAAA—AA
Sodium Sulfate 5 —A A AAAAA
Sodium Sulfide 5 —A A AAAA
1A
Sodium Thiosulfate 25—AAAA—A
2A2
Stannic Chloride Aq. C.S. D — A A A A D C
Stannous Chloride Aq. C.S. — A A A A A C B
Stearic Acid 100 — C A A A — A A
Succinic Acid 100 — B A A A — — —
Sulfur 100—A A AAABC
Sulfur Dioxide All D— C AAAAA
Sulfuric Acid 5DC A AACCA
Sulfuric Acid 50 DD A AADDC
Sulfuric Acid Concentrate D D C A A D C C
Sulfurous Acid 10 A— A AAAC
1A1
Tannic Acid 10—A A AAAAA
Tartaric Acid 50—B A AAAAA
Tetrahydrofuran 100—C C AAAAA
Toluene 100AA C AAAAA
Trichloroacetic Acid 10 D — B A A — D D
Trichloroethylene 100 — D C A A A A1A1
Turpentine 100—B D AAAAA
Urea 50—AAAA———
Vinyl Acetate 100 — — A A A — — —
Xylene 100A— D AAAAA
Zinc Chloride 70 DA A AAAAA
Zinc Nitrate Aq. C.S. — A A A A — A A
Zinc Sulfate Aq.C.S.—A A AAAAA
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.108
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
NOTES
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.109
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
MANUAL CABLE TIE INSTALLATION TOOLS
Panduit provides the most preferred hand-operated tools in the industry.
These versatile tools can be used for production, maintenance, or construction applications.
Tool Highlights:
• Tool controlled tension and cut-off
– Ergonomic tools are durable,lightweight,and easy to use
– Manual tools
– Pneumatic tools
• Installer controlled tension and cut-off
– Large selection of tools available for complete range
of Panduit cable ties
– Cost-effective alternative for small volume applications
Panduit cable tie installation tools promote worker safety, help reduce downtime, improve productivity
and provide the lowest total installed cost. As with all Panduit products, quality in design
and production along with customer service excellence, are assured.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.110
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Part Number For Tool Page
KPTSTL PTS, PTH B1.114
B1.114
TTLK3
KGTSBLD PTS B1.114
KPTHBLD PTH B1.114
GHH PTS, PPTS B1.114
PPH10
PL289N1
Selection Guide – Hand Tools, Accessories, and Kits
Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Recommended usage: under 50,000 ties/year
Typical applications: Low to medium volume tie usage in OEM, MRO, or construction
Installer Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Recommended usage: under 10,000 ties/year
Typical applications: MRO or construction
Recommended usage: under 250,000 ties/year
Typical applications: Medium to high volume tie
usage in OEM
Pneumatic
Manual
Hand Tools
Manual
Accessories/Kits
Tool Tension
Locking Kits
Blade
Replacement
Kits
Tool Holster
Pneumatic
Hose Assembly,
Filter/Regulator,
Adapter Fittings
Part Number For Tool Page
KGTSTL GTS, GTSL B1.114
KGTHTL GTH B1.114
TTLK3 GS2B, GS4H B1.114
Pneumatic
KGTSBLD GTS, GTSL B1.114
KGTHBLD GTH B1.114
K2-BLD2 GS2B B1.114
K4H-BLD GS4H B1.114
K4EH-BLD GS4EH B1.114
GHH GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, GS4EH
B1.114
SM = Subminiature
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
HS = Heavy-Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy
Cross Sections
Cross
Section
Tool Part Number – Page B1.111
GTS GTSL GS2B GTH GS4H GS4EH
SM XX
MXXX
IXXX
SXXXXX
HS XX
LH XXX
HXXX
EH X
Cross
Section
Tool Part Number – Page B1.113
PTS PTH
SM X
MX
IX
SXX
HS X
LH X
HX
Cushion
Sleeve Kit
KGTSSLV GTS B1.114
KGTHSLV GTH B1.114
PHCAQ
B1.113
B1.113
B1.113
B1.113
PHCAT
Cross
Section
Tool Part Number – Page B1.112
STS2 STH2 ST3EH STHV
MX
IX
SXX
HS X
LH XXX
HXXX
EH X
PPTS
K2-BLD2 PPTS B1.114
PTS, PTH, PPTS
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.111
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Used in production, maintenance, or
construction applications
• Tool controlled tension provides flush cut-off and
speeds installation to lower installed cost
• Lightweight and balanced
• Easy to change tension adjustment and easy
to operate
• A combination of design, operation, and
construction features, provides a long service life
• Replacement blades available, see page B1.114
• No special maintenance required
Cable Tie Tools –Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy.
GTS
Part
Number
Used with
Cable Ties
Weight
Part Features Standards
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.Oz. g
GTS SM, M, I, S 9.8 278 Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing, narrow
nose, and cushion handle.
QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-1
1
GTSL SM, M, I, S 8.8 249 Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing,
narrow nose, and cushion
handle. Shorter handle reach
(than GTS) for users with
smaller hands.
QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-5
1
GS2B M, I, S 11.5 327 Metal tool with a durable
powder coat finish. QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-1
1
GTH S, HS, LH, H 12.0 340 Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing, narrow
nose, and cushion handle.
QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-2
1
GS4H S, HS, LH, H 16.0 454 Metal tool with a durable
powder coat finish. QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-2
1
GS4EH LH, H, EH 16.0 454 Metal tool with a durable
powder coat finish. QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-4
1
GTS
GTSL
GS2B
GTH
GS4H
GS4EH
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.112
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Economical series of tools for maintenance or
construction applications • Excellent tools for low volume applications
Cable Tie Tools –Installer Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy.
STS2
Installation Procedure (STS2/STH2/ST3EH):
Install cable tie around bundle and
tension tie by squeezing tool handle.
Reduce tension slightly and twist tool 1/4"
turn either direction to cut off excess cable tie.
Installation Procedure (STHV):
Install cable tie around bundle and
tension tie by squeezing tool handle.
A separate lever cuts off excess cable tie.
STS2
STH2
ST3EH
STHV
Part
Number
Used
with
Cable
Ties Color
Weight
Part Features
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.Oz. g
STS2 M, I, S Black 2.5 71 Economical tool with short handle
span and top loading feature for right-
or left-handed users.
1
STH2 S, HS, LH, H Red 2.5 71 Economical tool with short handle
span and top loading feature for right-
or left-handed users.
1
ST3EH LH, H, EH Blue/Black 9.0 256 Durable, all steel construction with
comfortable plastic handles. 1
STHV LH, H Yellow 12.0 341 Durable all steel construction
and “travel stop” to prevent
pinched fingers.
1
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.113
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Pneumatic, push button operation tensions
and cuts off excess tie in a fraction of a second
• Durable, lightweight, ergonomic design is easy to
operate and designed to reduce operator fatigue
• Easy to change tension adjustment
• Operates on non-lubricated air, without
special maintenance
Pneumatic Hand Tools –Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Note: All tools require the PPH10 hose and PL289N1 filter/regulator for proper operation.
Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy.
PTS
PTS
PTH
Pneumatic Tool Accessories
PL289N1/PPH10
PHCAQ
PHCAT
Part Number
Used
with
Cable
Ties
Weight
Part Features
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.Oz. g
PTS SM, M, I, S 17.3 490 Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing and black knob;
replacement parts can be part of a
scheduled maintenance program.
1
PTH S, HS, LH, H 32.0 907 Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing and red knob;
replacement parts can be part of a
scheduled maintenance program.
1
Part Number
Used
with
Installation
Tool Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PL289N1 PTS, PPTS,
PTH Filter/regulator .5 micron element, regulated range
3 – 100 psig, features 1/8" NPT female output port
(to hose PPH10) and 1/4" male quick disconnect
to source air line.
1
PPH10 PTS, PPTS,
PTH 10.0' (3m) hose assembly (regulator to tool); includes a
1/8" NPT male connector (to regulator) and 1/8" female
quick disconnect (to tool).
1
PHCAQ PTS, PPTS,
PTH Adapter fitting for 10.0' (3m) hose (PPH10) to regulator
with 1/4" female quick disconnect output, features 1/8"
NPT female connection (to hose) and 1/4" male quick
disconnect (to regulator).
1
PHCAT PTS, PPTS,
PTH Adapter fitting for 10.0' (3m) hose (PPH10) to regulator
with 1/4" NPT female output port, features 1/8" NPT
female connection (to hose) and 1/4" NPT male
connection (to regulator).
1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.114
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• For applications requiring a locking device on either the selector knob (one cross section size and tension only)
or tension level adjustment (but allow cross section size changes)
Tool Tension Locking Kits
• Blade replacement kits can be part of a user’s scheduled maintenance plan or used when cut-offs are not clean and crisp
Blade Replacement Kits
KGTSBLD
• Durable leather construction holster with rivets and extra tie-down strap to hold tool in place – easily fits on belt
Hand Tool Holster
Part Number
Used with
Installation Tool Contents
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
KGTSTL GTS, GTSL Lockout cap and screw. 1
KGTHTL GTH Lockout cap and screw. 1
KPTSTL PTS, PTH Lockout cap and screw. 1
TTLK3 GS2B, GS4H, PPTS Selection locking clip and screws. 1
Hand Tool Accessories:
KGTHTL
Part Number
Used with
Installation Tool Contents
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
KGTSBLD GTS, GTSL, PTS Threadlocker, screw, washer and
replacement blade. 1
KGTHBLD GTH Threadlocker, screw, and replacement blade. 1
K2-BLD2 GS2B, PPTS Threadlocker, screws, and replacement blade. 1
K4H-BLD GS4H Threadlocker, screws, and replacement blade. 1
K4EH-BLD GS4EH Threadlocker, screw, and replacement blade. 1
KPTHBLD PTH Threadlocker, screw, and replacement blade. 1
Part Number
Used with
Installation Tool Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
GHH GTS, GTSL, GS2B, GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTS, PPTS, ST3EH Black 1
KGTSSLV
• Cushion sleeve can be added to existing GTS or GTH hand tool
• Reduce the amount of shock an operator may experience while
tensioning and cutting off cable ties
• Reduce operator fatigue
• Unique thermoplastic elastomer material that won’t split or fall off
the tool over time
Part Number
Used with
Installation Tool Color Contents
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
KGTSSLV GTS Black Cushion sleeve and lubricant. 1
KGTHSLV GTH Red Cushion sleeve and lubricant. 1
Cushion Sleeve Kits
AUTOMATIC CABLE TIE INSTALLATION SYSTEMS
The complete line of Panduit automatic cable tie installation systems offers a superior solution for high
volume harness, assembly, fastening and packaging applications. These ergonomic systems increase
productivity,provide consistent performance,and reduce activities that lead to repetitive motion injuries.
A variety of tool options provide users with flexible solutions for their unique application needs.
System Highlights
Multiple systems improve productivity,reliability,
and versatility:
• Install a cable tie in less than one second
• Multiple cable tie styles and sizes for
maximum productivity
• Optional software for advanced system
monitoring and performance
Combined, these innovations improve reliability, maximize productivity, and lower installed costs.
As with all Panduit products, quality in design and production along with customer service excellence,
are assured.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.115
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
B1.119Data interface accessory – software and
interface card.
PDS-DIA
B1.122BlackHeat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.
PLT3S-VMR30
B1.122NaturalNylon 6.6.
PLT3S-VMR
All-Nylon Tie –Max. Bundle Dia.: 2.75" (70mm), 50 lbs.
B1.118
Dispenser frame, PAT3S.
PD3SF
B1.117Stationary dispenser, PAT3S.
PD3S
B1.117For standard cross section up to 2.75"
(70mm) bundle diameter.
PAT3S
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.116
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Recommended for annual usage of over 250,000 cable ties/year.
Typical applications: High volume OEM/contract manufacturing.
Selection Guide – Automatic Installation Systems and Reel-Fed Cable Ties
PAT1M/PAT1.5M Systems PAT2S/PAT3S Systems
Tool Head for use with MINIATURE Cross Section
Part Number Description Page
PAT1M For miniature cross section up to .82"
(21mm) bundle diameter.
B1.117
PAT1.5M For miniature cable ties up to 1.31"
(33mm) bundle diameter.
B1.117
Dispenser
Part Number Description Page
PDM Stationary dispenser. B1.117
PDM-DI Dispenser and data interface software. B1.119
PD-DIA Data interface accessory – software and
interface card.
B1.119
Transfer Hose
Part Number Description Page
PHM1 3.2' (1m) transfer hose. B1.118
PHM2 6.5' (2m) transfer hose. B1.118
PHM3 10.0' (3m) transfer hose. B1.118
PHM4 13.1' (4m) transfer hose. B1.118
Optional System Accessories
Part Number Description Page
PDH10-37 Air hose. B1.118
PL283N1 Filter/regulator. B1.118
PATMBM Bench mount and foot pedal. B1.118
MINIATURE Cross Section
Part Number Description Color Page
Barbed Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: .82" (21mm), 30 lbs.
BT1M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.120
BT1M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120
BT1M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120
Barbed Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 1.31"(33mm), 30 lbs.
BT1.5M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.120
BT1.5M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120
BT1.5M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120
BT1.5M-XMR69 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6. Natural
Ivory
B1.120
All-Nylon Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 82"(21mm), 18 lbs.
PLT1M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.121
PLT1M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.121
PLT1M-XMR00 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(Meets Mil Spec).
Black B1.121
PLT1M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.121
All-Nylon Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 1.31"(33mm), 18 lbs.
PLT1.5M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.121
PLT1.5M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.121
PLT1.5M-XMR00 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(Meets Mil Spec).
Black B1.121
PLT1.5M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.121
Reel-Fed Cable Ties
Tool Head for use with STANDARD Cross Section
Part Number Description Page
PAT2S For standard cross section up to 2.00"
(51mm) bundle diameter.
B1.117
Dispenser
Part Number Description Page
PDS Stationary dispenser, PAT2S. B1.117
PDS-DI Dispenser and data interface software. B1.119
Transfer Hose
Part Number Description Page
PHS2 6.5' (2m) transfer hose. B1.118
PHS3 10.0' (3m) transfer hose. B1.118
Dispenser Frame
Part Number Description Page
PDSF Dispenser frame, PAT2S. B1.118
Optional System Accessories
Part Number Description Page
PDH10-37 Air hose. B1.118
PL283N1 Filter/regulator. B1.118
PAT2SBM Bench mount and foot pedal for PAT2S
and PAT3S.
B1.118
STANDARD Cross Section
Part Number Description Color Page
All-Nylon Tie –Max. Bundle Dia.: 2.00" (51mm), 50 lbs.
PLT2S-VMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.122
PLT2S-VMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.122
PLT2S-VMR00 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(Meets Mil Spec).
Black B1.122
PLT2S-VMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.122
Reel-Fed Cable Ties
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.117
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Ergonomic, lightweight design reduces operator fatigue and
repetitive motion injuries – no counter balance required
• Right or left hand operation
• Durable, one-piece cable tie tip collector (for cut-off tips)
• Includes tension adjustment
• Built-in safety interlock prevents false triggering if anything
obstructs jaw path
Tool Head –Multiple sizes accommodate a wide variety of applications
PAT1M PAT1.5M PAT2S
• Microprocessor based controller monitors system performance
through LCD display; provides production data and reporting,
including error detection and cycle count for improved reliability
• Online HELP menu through LCD display in five languages
(English, Spanish, German, Italian or French), is user-friendly
for quick and simple training
Dispensers
PDM
PDS/PD3S
PAT3S PAT1.5M-ATM
For Bundling and
Mounting Applications
Part Number
Used with
Tool Head Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PDM PAT1M, PAT1.5M,
PAT1.5M-ATM Stationary dispenser with electronic display.
Online help menu. System operates on 65
psig (minimum) non-lubricated filtered air and
100 – 24 FAC/TP or 60 MHz.
1
PDS PAT2S 1
PD3S PAT3S 1
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Dispenser/Frame
Transfer
Hose
Used with
Cable Ties
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.In. mm
PAT1M .82 21 PDM PHM1, PHM2,
PHM3, PHM4
PLT1M-XMR, BT1M-XMR 1
PAT1.5M 1.31 33 PDM PLT1.5M-XMR, BT1.5M-XMR 1
PAT2S 2.00 51 PDS/PDSF PHS2, PHS3 PLT2S-VMR 1
PAT3S 2.75 70 PD3S/PD3SF PLT3S-VMR 1
PAT1.5M-ATM 1.31 33 PDM PHM1, PHM2,
PHM3, PHM4 PLT1.5M-XMR, BT1.5M-XMR 1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.118
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Transfer Hoses
PHM3
Dispenser Frame
Filter/Regulator and Air Supply Hose
PL283N1 PDH10-37
Optional System Accessories:
Bench Mount
PATMBM
Part Number
Used with
Dispenser Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PL283N1 PDM, PDS Regulates air flow to dispenser.
Filter/regulator 25 micron (max.) element, 3/8" ports.
Includes a male connector and a 3/8" port.
1
PDH10-37 PDM, PDS Air hose from filter/regulator to dispenser;
10.0' (3m) – includes standard air fittings.
1
Part Number
Used with
Tool
Head Part Description
Length Std.
Pkg.
Qty.Ft. m
PHM1
PAT1M, PAT1.5M Transfers cable tie and signal from
dispenser to tool head; electrical
connectors designed for easy attachment
provide a reliable, secure connection.
3.2 1 1
PHM2 6.5 2 1
PHM3 10.0 3 1
PHM4 13.1 4 1
PHS2 PAT2S, PAT3S 6.5 2 1
PHS3 10.0 3 1
Part Number
Used with
Dispenser Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PDSF PDS (PAT2S) Metal frame supports the PDS dispenser for PAT2S
above the cable tie reel as ties are loaded into the
dispenser; can be used as a freestanding unit or
permanently mounted to a bench or cart.
1
PD3SF PD3S (PAT3S) Assembly holds cable tie reel and rewinds the
packaging paper liner as cable ties are being loaded
into the dispenser.
1
PDSF PD3SF
Part Number
Used with
Tool
Head Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PATMBM PAT1M,
PAT1.5M Allows hands-free operation for high volume usage.
Includes bench mount fixture and foot pedal assembly.
1
PATSBM PAT2S, PAT3S 1
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.119
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Data Interface Software and Ethernet Enabled Dispenser
Panduit exclusive Ethernet enabled dispenser and customized data interface software allow production personnel to monitor real-time data
in a shop floor environment.
The Ethernet enabled dispenser provides a physical connection between the cable tie installation system and an Industrial Ethernet Network
via an RJ45 connection and internal Ethernet card.
• Allows production and/or engineering personnel the capability
to measure and track production performance such as job
tracking, cycle counts, tool and dispenser serial numbers, and
routine maintenance
• Provides the ability to send email notifications for specific
system messages
• Data extraction and reporting capabilities on system performance
through an exportable electronic log; helps identify operator
training needs
• Ability to monitor alerts from remote desktop locations
Part Number
Used
with
Dispenser Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PDM-DI PDM Ethernet enabled PDM dispenser and data interface software. 1
PDS-DI PDS Ethernet enabled PDS dispenser and data interface software. 1
PD-DIA PDM/PDS Data interface accessory for existing PDM, PDS dispensers; software and network
interface card. 1
PATM-RK
PATM-TT
PAT/Robot Integration Kit
• Used with the PAT1M and PAT1.5M tool heads
• Utilizes the PAT system electronic interface option, PDM-EI, to
optimally integrate the PAT system to a robot for a completely
automated cable tie installation process
• Significantly reduces labor costs while improving installation
quality, reliability, and consistency
Part
Number Components Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PATM-RK Metallic
housing Includes a pneumatic trigger actuator for remote cable tie installation and a
mounting bolt pattern to ease PAT tool integration with a robot end effector for
a robust and accurate grip.
1
Transfer hose
strain relief
kit
Strain relief to maintain transfer hose bend radius reducing tie misfeeds due to
sharp hose bend radii during robot motion; also sold separately under part
number PATM-RKS (includes two 1-foot strain relief tubes with fastening
cable ties).
Quick start
guides Provides easily understood electrical, network, and mechanical installation
instructions minimizing the robot integrator’s design time and simplifying the
integration process.
Best
practices
document
List of best practices when integrating the PAT system to a robot optimizing
system performance and productivity.
PATM-TT Test tool with
rubber jaws This test tool is used during robot cable tie installation programming, providing
a safe method to debug robot software without damaging actual PAT tools (test
tool is not provided with the PAT/Robot Integration Kit).
1
PATM-RKS Transfer hose
strain relief
kit
Strain relief to maintain transfer hose bend radius reducing cable tie misfeeds
due to sharp hose bend radii during robot motion; kit is also included on the
PATM-RK kit or sold separately (includes two 1-foot strain relief tubes with
fastening cable ties).
1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.120
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Continuously molded cable ties (5,000 ties/reel) provide continuous
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer
reel changes
• Reel-fed cable ties with exclusive stainless steel locking barb and
30 lbs. minimum loop tensile strength permit higher tension for
demanding applications
• Metal locking barb and tie body design provide greater bundle
tightness, reducing both rotational and lateral movement of the tie
• Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
BT-XMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
BT_XMR BT_XMR (0, 30)
Part Number
Tie
Style Material Color
Max.
Bundle
Dia. Length Width
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1M System
BT1M-XMR Barbed Nylon 6.6 Natural .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 30 133
BT1M-XMR0 Barbed Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 30 133
BT1M-XMR30 Barbed Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 30 133
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1.5M System
BT1.5M-XMR Barbed Nylon 6.6 Natural 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 30 133
BT1.5M-XMR0 Barbed Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 30 133
BT1.5M-XMR30 Barbed Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 30 133
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B1.121
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Continuously molded cable ties (5,000 ties/reel) provide continuous
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer
reel changes
• All-nylon, one-piece locking ties with 18 lbs. minimum loop tensile
strength in miniature cross section
• Available in a variety of colors and materials
• Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (except black) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
PLT-XMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
*Military grade weather resistant material.
Note: PLT_XMR cable ties (natural, 00, and colors) are Class 2 Mil. Spec. per SAE-AS23190A and SAE-AS33671.
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1.5M System
PLT1.5M-XMR All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Natural 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1.5M-XMR0 All-Nylon Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1.5M-XMR00* All-Nylon Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1.5M-XMR30 All-Nylon Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80
Part Number
Tie
Style Material Color
Max.
Bundle
Dia. Length Width
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1M System
PLT1M-XMR All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Natural .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR0 All-Nylon Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR00* All-Nylon Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR1 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Brown .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR2 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Red .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR3 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Orange .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR4Y All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Yellow .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR5 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Green .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR6 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Blue .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR7 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Purple .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR8 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Gray .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR10 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 White .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR30 All-Nylon Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B1.122
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
• Continuously molded cable ties (2,500 ties/reel) provide continuous
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer
reel changes
• All-nylon, one-piece locking ties with 50 lbs. minimum loop tensile
strength in standard cross section for larger bundles up to
1.94" (49mm) diameter
• Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
PLT-VMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
Note: PLT_VMR Nylon 6.6 cable ties are Class 2 Mil. Spec. per SAE-AS23190A and SAE-AS33671.
Part Number
Tie
Style Material Color
Max.
Bundle
Dia. Length Width
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT2S System
PLT2S-VMR All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Natural 1.94 49 8.1 206 0.190 4.8 50 222
PLT2S-VMR0 All-Nylon Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.94 49 8.1 206 0.190 4.8 50 222
PLT2S-VMR30 All-Nylon Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black 1.94 49 8.1 206 0.190 4.8 50 222
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT3S System
PLT3S-VMR All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Natural 2.75 70 11.3 287 0.190 4.8 50 222
PLT3S-VMR30 All-Nylon Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black 2.75 70 11.3 287 0.190 4.8 50 222
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.1
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
CABLE ACCESSORIES
Panduit provides a comprehensive offering of cable accessories. These accessories are engineered to
speed installation and lower installed costs for routing and managing cable.Panduit cable accessories are
designed and manufactured to meet applicable quality standards including International, UL, Military,
ISO and Aerospace.
Panduit mounts, clips, and clamps are manufactured in an environment committed to design
innovation, high quality, and knowledgeable service to our customers.Adhesive backed mounts provide
a strong adhesive bond for long-term reliability. Cable clips offer a one-piece solution to save time and
reduce inventory. Harness board accessories speed the routing and forming of cable bundles in the
fabrication of a harness.They hold bundles at a uniform height above the board and are ideal for use with
Panduit manual and automatic cable tie tooling.
• Largest selection of mounts, clips, and clamps
for cable management
• Panduit cable ties and accessories can be used in a
variety of applications and environments,
providing the optimal cable management solution
• Installation methods include adhesive backed,user
applied adhesive, screws, rivets or push barb
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.2
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Accessories Products Overview – Used with Cable Ties
Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts Pages B2.4 – B2.10
Other Cable Tie Mounts Pages B2.18 – B2.29
• Uses premium Panduit adhesive for a long-term, reliable bond
• Adhesive backing allows routing of wires and cables where
mounting holes cannot be drilled
• Mounts should be used with Panduit cable ties for a complete
wire routing solution
• Screw/rivet applied cable tie mounts offer a countersunk
or through hole in the mount through which a screw or rivet
can be secured
• Offered in a wide selection of specialty materials for resistance
to severe conditions such as heat, radiation, chemicals,
and outdoor environments
• Available in styles ranging from low profile mounts with integral
push-rivet to high stability cradle mounts for Extra-Heavy
strength cable ties
• Push mount designs lock into a hole in a metallic panel
or in a blind masonry hole
• Edge clip mounts secure to a panel edge using metal barbs
that dig into panel surface
• Stud mounts secure onto threaded bolts by screwing
or hammering on the bolt
• Connector rings can be used to attach adjacent bundles
to provide spacing and prevent vibration damage
Screw Applied Cable Tie Mounts Pages B2.11 – B2.17
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.3
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Other Clips and Clamps Pages B2.39 – B2.46
Adhesive Backed Clips and Clamps Pages B2.30 – B2.39
Harness Board Accessories Pages B2.47 – B2.52
• A wide range of styles and sizes of adhesive backed clips
and clamps to secure a variety of cables, from individual
small diameter wires to large flat cables
• Products come in designs that use friction to hold a few cables,
or more secure releasable latching designs
• Uses premium Panduit adhesive for a long-term, reliable bond
• Screw clips use a screw, nail, or rivet to secure the clip
to surface
• Plastic edge clips secure to an edge in a panel which
incorporates a punched hole to provide mechanical
retention
• Push-in clips use an arrow-head shaped barb to lock
into a hole in a panel, and is available in a range of
bundle sizes
• Allow an installer to quickly configure a specific arrangement
of wires, to aid in required wire bundling and termination
• Hold wire bundles at a uniform height from a harness board
to ease manual or automatic cable tie installation
• Aid in the proper routing and forming of wire bundles to help
maintain end product consistency, reduce expensive rework
and maximize safety
Cable Accessories Products Overview – Used without Cable Ties
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.4
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
4-Way Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
• Allow cable tie entry from all four sides
• Available in multiple sizes to match application load requirements
• Produced 2-up or 4-up for fast and easy liner removal to
speed installation
.50
(12.7)
.50
(12.7)
.16
(4.0)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.18
(4.6)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.16
(4.2) .25
(6.4)
1.50
(38.1)
1.50
(38.1)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.20
(5.1)
1.12
(28.6)
1.12
(28.6)
.14
(4.1)
ABM1M ABMM ABM2S ABM3HABM112
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
.25
(6.4)
ABM4H
ABM100
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, and H = Heavy, HLM = Miniature
Tak-Ty®Hook & Loop Ties.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4-Way Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
ABM1M-A-C
M
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Rubber 100 500
ABM1M-AT-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 500
ABMM-A-C
M, I
ABS White Indoors Rubber 100 500
ABMM-AT-C ABS White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 500
ABMM-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
ABS Black Outdoors/
HighTemp Acrylic 100 500
ABM2S-A-C
M, I, S
ABS White Indoors Rubber 100 500
ABM2S-A-C14 ABS Gray Indoors Rubber 100 500
ABM2S-A-C15 ABS Ivory Indoors Rubber 100 500
ABM2S-AT-C ABS White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 500
ABM2S-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
ABS Black Outdoors/
High Temp Acrylic 100 500
ABM100-A-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Rubber 100 1000
ABM100-A-C15 Nylon 6.6 Ivory Indoors Rubber 100 1000
ABM100-AT-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 1000
ABM100-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/
High Temp Acrylic 100 1000
ABM112-A-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Rubber 100 500
ABM112-AT-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 1000
ABM112-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/
High Temp Acrylic 100 1000
ABM3H-A-L
M, I, S, HS,
LH, H, HLM
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Rubber 50 500
ABM3H-AT-L Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 50 500
ABM4H-A-L Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Rubber 50 500
ABM4H-AT-L Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 50 500
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Mounting
Method*EnvironmentColorMaterial
Used with
Cable Ties‡Part Number
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.5
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
4-Way Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts (continued)
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, and H = Heavy, HLM = Miniature
Tak-Ty®Hook & Loop Ties.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.
4-Way Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
ABMM-D
M, I
ABS White Indoors User Supplied
Adhesive 500 5000
ABM2S-S6-D
M, I, S
ABS White Indoors
User Supplied
Adhesive and/or
two #6 (M3)
Screws
500 5000
ABM100-S6-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors 100 1000
ABM100-S6-C69 Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors User Supplied
Adhesive and/or
#6 (M3) Screw
100 1000
ABM112-S6-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors
User Supplied
Adhesive and/or
Two #6 (M3)
Screws
100 1000
ABM112-S6-C69 Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors 100 500
ABM3H-S6-T
M, I, S, HS,
LH, H, HLM
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors 200 2000
ABM4H-S6-T Nylon 6.6 White Indoors 200 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.6
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
ABMQ Multiple Bridge Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
• Multiple cable tie bridges on one mount speeds installation of
cable bundles by reducing the number of mounts applied
• Dovetail connection system provides alignment and a joining
method to expand routing capabilities
• V-groove allows for easy separation into two mounts with two
bridges each for separate applications
• 4-way cable tie bridges allow cable bundles to be secured
perpendicular to the mount for even spacing or inline to secure
a bundle in multiple places
• Large adhesive surface area provides long-term reliability and
keeps product in place despite heavy load or high stress
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.75
(19.0)
5.16
(131.0)
2.50
(63.5)
.25
(6.3)
• For use with hook and loop cable ties, see page B1.87, B1.88
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle
• For indoor use only
• Dimensions: 1.10"L x 1.12"W x 0.34"H
(27.9mm x 28.4mm x 8.6mm)
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: HLT = Tak-Ty ™Hook & Loop Ties, HLS = Tak-Ty ™Hook & Loop Strip Tie, TTS = Tak-Tape ™Roll, UCT = Ultra-Cinch ™Tie.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.
.11
(2.8)
.87
(22.1)
.68
(17.3)
.34
(8.4)
1.12
(28.5)
.142
(3.6)
1.10
(2.80)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
ABMQ Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
ABMQS-A-Q
M, I, S
ABS White Indoors Rubber 25 250
ABMQS-A-Q20 ABS Black Indoors Rubber 25 250
ABMQS-AT-Q ABS White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 25 250
ABMQS-AT-Q0 Weather Resistant
ABS Black Outdoors/High Temp Acrylic 25 250
ABMQ Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
ABMQS-S6-C0
M, I, S
Weather Resistant
ABS Black Outdoors/High Temp
Two #6
M3 Screws
100 1000
ABMQS-S6-C ABS White Indoors/High Temp 100 1000
Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Cable Tie Mounts
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color
Max. Static Load Mounting
Method*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Lbs. g
ABMT-A-C
HLT,
HLS,
TTS,
UCT
Nylon 6.6
Natural
0.38 174 Pre-installed
Rubber
Adhesive
100 1000
ABMT-A-C20 Black 100 1000
ABMT-S6-C Natural
— — #6 (M3) Screw
100 1000
ABMT-S6-C20 Black 100 1000
ABMT-S6-C60 Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6
Black 100 1000
ABMT-S6-C69 Natural 100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.7
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Super-Grip ™Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• Small overall size allows use where space is limited
• For use with Super-Grip™Cable Ties found on page B1.38
• New! High Bond Adhesive available
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: SGM = Super-Grip ®Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ®Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip®Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ®
Light-Heavy, and SGH = Super-Grip ®Heavy.
*For proper selection of adhesive see page B2.54.
.75
(19.0)
.20
(5.2)
.75
(19.0)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.33
(8.4)
1.12
(28.6)
1.12
(28.6)
.30
(7.7) .355
(9.02)
1.50
(38.10)
1.50
(38.10)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
.36
(9.0)
SGABM20 SGABM25 SGABM30 SGABM40 SGABM50
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Super-Grip ™Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
SGABM20-A-C
SGM, SGI
Nylon 6.6 White Indoor Use Rubber
Adhesive 100 500
SGABM20-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/High
Temp Acrylic
Adhesive 100 500
SGABM20-AV-C300 Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors/High
Temp High Bond
Acrylic
Adhesive
100 500
SGABM25-A-C
SGM, SGI, SGS
Nylon 6.6 White Indoor Use Rubber
Adhesive 100 1000
SGABM25-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/High
Temp Acrylic
Adhesive 100 1000
SGABM25-AV-C300 Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors/High
Temp High Bond
Acrylic
Adhesive
100 1000
SGABM30-A-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoor Use Rubber
Adhesive 100 500
SGABM30-AT-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/High
Temp Acrylic
Adhesive 100 500
SGABM30-AV-C300 Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors/High
Temp High Bond
Acrylic
Adhesive
100 500
SGABM40-A-L
SGM, SGI, SGS,
SGLH, SGH
Nylon 6.6 White Indoor Use Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
SGABM40-AT-L0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/High
Temp Acrylic
Adhesive 50 500
SGABM50-A-L Nylon 6.6 White Indoor Use Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
SGABM50-AT-L0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors/High
Temp Acrylic
Adhesive 50 500
Super-Grip ™Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
SGABM25-S6-C
SGM, SGI, SGS
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors #6 (M3) Screw 100 1000
SGABM25-S6-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors #6 (M3) Screw
or User
Supplied
Adhesive
100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.8
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Combination Adhesive Mount/Cable Ties
• Adhesive mount and cable tie molded as one-piece helps reduce
inventory costs
• Available with locking or releasable tie
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
Snap-In Cable Tie Mounts – Mechanically Applied
• For use with Panduit Standard cross section cable ties including
PLT1S, PLT1.5S, PLT2S, PRT1.5S and PRT2S
• Integral retaining notch holds cable tie head in place below bundle
• Eliminates protruding tie head and facilitates one hand
tie threading
• Quickly route wire and cable where mounting holes
cannot be drilled
• For indoor use only
• Material: ABS
‡Cable tie cross section size: S = Standard.
.31
(7.9)
2.00
(50.8)
1.12
(28.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.15
(3.7)
.90
(22.9)
.30
(7.6)
1.00
(25.4) 7.4
(188)
.148
(3.76) .19
(4.8)
Part Number Tool Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Locking Cable Tie
PLA2S-A-Q GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2, STH2
White Rubber 25 250
Releasable Cable Tie
PRA2S-A-Q Hand installed only White Rubber 25 250
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Snap-In Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
SMS-A-C
S
White Rubber 100 500
SMS-A-C14 Gray Rubber 100 500
SMS-A-C15 Ivory Rubber 100 500
Snap-in Mounts for application with screws or user-supplied adhesive
SMS-S6-D S White User Supplied
Adhesive and/or Two
#6 M3 Screws
500 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.9
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Epoxy Applied Mounts
• Provide a fast, strong, economical method to secure wire/cable
to most surfaces • Eliminate the need to drill holes
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Epoxy Applied Swivel Mount
• Swivels 360° to assure proper orientation with harness
• Four inspection holes to check adhesive coverage
• For indoor use only
.98
(24.9)
.98
(24.9)
.26
(6.6)
1.13
(28.6)
1.13
(28.6)
.50
(12.7)
.75
(19.0)
.35
(8.9)
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip ®Miniature,
and SGI = Super-Grip ®Intermediate.
Epoxy Applied Cable Tie Mount Kits
• EMA Epoxy supplied in convenient two-compartment mixer cup
with a mixer stick for each cup
• Each cup contains adhesive for three EMS or ASMS mounts
• Epoxy hardens in approximately five minutes
• After full 24 hour cure time, bonding strength will exceed 50 lbs.
on a clean, grease-free surface
• Not recommended for use on polyethylene and
polypropylene surfaces
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Environment
Epoxy
Cups
Mixer
Sticks
EMS
Mounts
Cable
Ties
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Epoxy Adhesive Only
EMA-X — Indoors/Outdoors 10 10 — — 10 —
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts
EMSK3-1-X0 M, I, S Indoors/Outdoors 1 1 3 — 10 —
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts and Cable Ties
EMSK3-1-3-0 M, I, S Indoors/Outdoors 1 1 3 3 1 10
EMSK12-4-12-X0 Indoors/Outdoors 4 4 12 12 10 10
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
ASMS-A-X M, I, S, SGM, SGI EMA Epoxy 10 100
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
EMS-A-C
M, I, S
Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
EMA epoxy 100 1000
EMS-A-C0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.10
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
1.22
(31.2)
1.22
(31.2)
1.25
(3.2)
Low Profile Tie Mounts –User Supplied Adhesive Mounts
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
AM2-C M, I, S Natural User Supplied
Adhesive 100 500
Tie Mounts –Applied with User Supplied Adhesives
• Solid flat bottom surface provides maximum holding area
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard and
LH = Light-Heavy.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TM1A-C M
Natural User Suppled
Adhesive
100 1000
TM2A-C M, I, S 100 500
TM3A-C M, I, S, HS, LH 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.11
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Tie Mounts –Screw Applied
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the
cable bundle
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• Wide selection of materials available
• UL Recognized except HVTM and SGTM series
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, SGM = Super-Grip ®Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ®
Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ®Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ®Light-Heavy, and HV = Hyper-V ™.
■TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
C
AB
Additional tie mounts available in specified materials.
All are available as standard Panduit parts.
Metal
Detectable
Nylon
Metal
Detectable
Polypropylene PEEK
Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
Flame
Retardant
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Nylon
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene Tefzel■
TMS28-C86 TMS28-C186 TM2S8-C71 TM1S4-M30 TM1S4-M69 TM1S6-M0 TM2S8-C100 TM2S8-C76
TM3S8-C86 TM3S8-C186 TM1S6-M30 TM1S6-M69 TM2R6-M0 TM3S8-C100 TM3S8-C76
TM3S10-C86 TM3S10-C186 TM2R6-M30 TM2S6-M69 TM2S6-M0 TM3S8-M100 TM3S10-C76
TM2S6-M30 TM2S8-M69 TM2S8-M0
TM2S8-M30 TM3S8-C69 TM3R6-M0
TM3S8-M30 TM3S8-M69 TM3S10-M0
TM3S10-M30 TM3S10-M69 TM3S25-M0
TM3S25-M30
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Counterbore
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
CMounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
TM1S4-C M0.23 5.7 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 #4 (M2.5) Screw 100 500
TM1S6-C 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
TM2S6-C M, I, S 0.29 7.1 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
TM2S8-C 0.33 8.4 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
TM3S8-C M, I, S, LH 0.32 8.1 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.5 0.37 9.4 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
TM3S10-C 0.38 9.7 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.8 0.37 9.4 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
Super-Grip ®Cable Tie Mounts
SGTM1S6-C SGM 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.38 9.7 0.22 5.6 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
SGTM1S6-C0 SGM 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.38 9.7 0.22 5.6 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
SGTM2S8-C SGM, SGI, SGS 0.33 8.4 0.66 16.7 0.48 12.2 0.34 7.0 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
SGTM2S8-C0 SGM, SGI, SGS 0.33 8.4 0.66 16.7 0.48 12.2 0.34 8.6 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
SGTM3S10-C SGM, SGI,
SGS, SGLH
0.38 9.7 0.91 23.1 0.61 15.4 0.43 11.0 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
SGTM3S10-C0 SGM, SGI,
SGS, SGLH
0.38 9.7 0.91 23.1 0.61 15.4 0.43 11.0 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
Hyper-V ™Cable Tie Mounts
HVTM-06-C0 HV 0.40 10.2 0.81 20.6 0.68 17.3 0.41 10.4 #10 (6mm) Screw 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.12
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Extra-Heavy Cable Tie Mounts –Screw Applied
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle • Route and support large diameter and heavy cable bundles
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Ties.
Swivel Mounts
• The two mounts are securely fastened together with a connecting
rivet that allows both mounts to rotate
• Can join bundles of cable, tubing, or hoses that may need to move
or are not parallel
• Separates bundles to avoid abrasion
• Material: Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Ties.
1.65
(42.0)
.74
(19.0)
.61
(15.5)
1.05
(26.7)
.87
(22.1)
.75
(19.1)
1.64
(41.7)
1.23
(31.2)
TMEH TM3
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TMEH-S8-Q0
M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors
#8 (M4) Screw 25 250
TMEH-S10-Q0 #10 (M5) Screw 25 250
TMEH-S25-Q0 1/4 (M6) Screw 25 250
TMEH-S10-C100 Weather Resistant
Polypropylene #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
TMEH-S10-C109 Polypropylene Green Indoors #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Pull Apart
Force
Color Environment
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Lbs. g
TM3-X2-C0Y M, I, S, HS, LH 120 54,431
Black Indoors/Outdoors
100 1000
TMEH-X2-L0Y M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM 250 113,398 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.13
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
4-Way Tie Anchor Mounts –Screw Applied
• 4-way cable tie entry makes part orientation fast and easy • Small overall size allows for use where space is limited
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip®Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip®Intermediate,
and SGS = Super-Grip ®Standard.
.38
(9.5)
.75
(19.0)
.20
(5.1)
• Install perpendicular to the wire bundle
• Elongated slot permits cable bundle adjustment in application
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface where
overhead space is limited
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.195"
(5.0) .50"
(12.7) .125"
(3.2)
1.23"
(31.2)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TA2-C M, I, S Natural Indoors #10 (M5) Screw 100 1000
TA2-M 1000 5000
Tie Anchor Mounts –Screw Applied
Part Number
Used With
Cable Ties‡
Hole Diameter
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
TA1S8-C
M, I, S
0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
TA1S8-M0 0.17 4.3 Weather
Resistant Nylon
6.6
Black Outdoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
TA1S8-M30 0.17 4.3 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
TA1S8-M69 0.17 4.3 Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
TA1S10-C 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #10 (M5)
Screw 100 500
TA1S10-M0 0.20 5.1 Weather
Resistant Nylon
6.6
Black Outdoors #10 (M5)
Screw 1000 5000
Super-Grip ®Cable Tie Mounts
SGTA1S8-C SGM,SGI,SGS 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.14
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Low Profile Mounts –Screw Applied
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• Small overall size
• Install with a screw or rivet for a strong, secure installation
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.40
(10.2)
.10
(2.5)
.32
(8.1)
LPMM
.75
(19.1)
.50
(12.7) .12
(3.0)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
LPMM-S2-C M
Natural
#2 (M2) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
LPMM-S5-C M #5 (M3) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
LPMS-S8-C M, I, S #8 (M4) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
LPMS
Low Profile Mounts –Push Rivet Applied
• Eliminate screws
• Secure wires to any pre-drilled panel
• Can be installed in any panel thickness
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.74
(18.7)
.49
(12.45)
.23
(5.8)
.12 (3.0)
.19
(4.8)
.53 REF.
(13.5)
A
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Hole
Diameter
A
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
KIMS-H366-C2
M, I, S
.144 3.7 Red Integral Push
Rivet 100 1000
KIMS-H430-C6 .169 4.3 Blue Integral Push
Rivet 100 1000
KIMS-H500-C4 .196 5.0 Yellow Integral Push
Rivet 100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.15
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Tie Plates
• Slotted mounting hole accommodates various fastener spacing
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
B
D
A
C
Multiple Tie Plates
• Used to secure closely spaced wire bundles
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Hole
Spacing
D
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
TP2-C M, I, S 1.98 50.3 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 1.60 40.6 Natural #10 (M5) Screw 100 1000
TP4H-C M, I, S,
HS, LH, H 3.08 78.2 .62 15.7 .20 5.2 2.50 63.5 Natural 1/4 (M6) Screw 100 1000
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
C
B
A
D
Table continues on page B2.16
Part Number
No. of
Bundles
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Hole
Spacing
DMounting
Method
Mil. Std. Part
Number
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MTP1S-E6-C
1
M, I, S
1.75 44.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 1.25 31.8 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-1-9 100 1000
MTP1S-E10-C 1.75 44.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 1.25 31.8 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP1H-E6-C
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H
2.09 53.1 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 1.50 38.1 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-6-9 100 1000
MTP1H-E10-C 2.09 53.1 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 1.50 38.1 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP2S-E6-C
2
M, I, S
3.00 76.2 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 2.50 63.5 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-2-9 100 1000
MTP2S-E10-C 3.00 76.2 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 2.50 63.5 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP2H-E6-C
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H
3.59 91.2 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 3.00 76.2 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-7-9 100 1000
MTP2H-E10-C 3.59 91.2 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 3.00 76.2 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
mmIn.mmIn.mmIn.mmIn.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Mil. Std. Part
Number
Mounting
Method
Hole
Spacing
D
Height
C
Width
B
Length
A
Used with
Cable Ties‡
No. of
BundlesPart Number
MTP3S-E6-C
3
M, I, S
4.25 108.0 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 3.75 95.3 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-3-9 100 1000
MTP3S-E10-C 4.25 108.0 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 3.75 95.3 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP3H-E6-C
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H
5.09 129.3 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #6 (M3)
Screw MS339-8-9 100 1000
MTP3H-E10-C 5.09 129.3 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP4S-E6-C
4
M, I, S
5.50 139.7 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 5.00 127.0 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-4-9 100 1000
MTP4S-E10-C 5.50 139.7 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 5.00 127.0 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP4H-E6-C
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H
6.59 167.4 .63 15.7 .20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-9-9 100 1000
MTP4H-E10-C 6.59 167.4 .63 15.7 .20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP5S-E6-C
5
M, I, S
6.75 171.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 6.25 158.8 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-5-9 100 1000
MTP5S-E10-C 6.75 171.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 6.25 158.8 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP5H-E6-C
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H
8.09 205.5 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-10-9 100 1000
MTP5H-E10-C 8.09 205.5 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTP6H-E6-C
6
9.59 243.6 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #6 (M3)
Screw MS3339-11-9 100 1000
MTP6H-E10-C 9.59 243.6 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
Contour Multiple Tie Plates
Part Number
No. of
Bundles
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Hole
Spacing
DMounting
Method
Mil. Std. Part
Number
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MTPC1H-E10-C39 1
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H
2.09 53.1 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 1.5 38.1 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTPC2H-E10-C39 2 3.59 91.2 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 3.0 6.2 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTPC3H-E10-C39 3 5.09 129.3 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTPC4H-E10-C39 4 6.59 167.4 .63 15.7 .20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTPC5H-E10-C39 5 8.09 205.5 63 16.0 .20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
MTPC6H-E10-C39 6 9.59 243.6 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #10 (M5)
Screw — 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.16
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
Multiple Tie Plates (continued)
C
B
A
D
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.17
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Right Angle Mounts
• Hold cable bundles away from the sharp edges of bulkheads or
cabinet holes
• Can also be used to mount cable bundles adjacent to any surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
Lightening Hole Mounts
• Secure cable bundles that run through bulkhead lightening holes
• Protect cable bundles from sharp edges
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
D
A
C
B
.45"
(11.4)
.30"
(7.6)
.55"
(14.0)
.70"
(17.8)
1.10"
(27.9)
.20"
(5.1)
.75"
(19.1)
Part Number
Used with
Cable
Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Hole
Spacing
D
Color
Mil. Std.
Part Number
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
RAMS-S3-M M, I, S .56 14.2 .39 9.9 .44 11.0 .28 7.1
Natural
MS3341-2-9 #3 (M2.5) Screw
or 3/32 (2.4)
Rivet
1000 5000
RAMH-S6-D M, I, S,
HS, LH,
H
1.00 25.4 .75 19.1 1.00 25.4 .28 7.1 MS3341-1-9 #6 (M3) Screw or
1/8 (3.2) Rivet 500 5000
RAMH-S10-D M, I, S,
HS, LH,
H
1.00 25.4 .75 19.1 1.00 25.4 .50 12.7 — #10 (M5) Screw
or 3/16 (4.7)
Rivet
500 5000
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color
Mil. Std.
Part Number
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
LHMS-S5-D
M, I, S Natural
— #5 (M3) Screw or
1/8 (3.2) Rivet 500 2500
LHMS-S6-D MS3340-1-9 #6 (M3) Screw or
9/64 (3.5) Rivet 500 2500
LHMS-S10-D — #10 (M5) Screw or
3/16 (4.7) Rivet 500 2500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.18
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Metal Clip-On Mounts
• Clips on sheet metal edges for fast mounting of harness with
cable ties
• Allows cable tie entry from all four sides for easy
harness orientation
• For indoor use only
• Material: Zinc plated steel
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.56
(14.2)
.88
(22.4)
A
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Height
A
Max. Panel
Thickness Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
MCMS12-P-C
M, I, S
.31 8.0 .13 3.2
Clip-On
100 500
MCMS25-P-C .46 11.5 .24 6.1 100 500
MCMS30-P-C .55 14.0 .27 6.9 100 500
• Easily applied to bolts or studs with a light hammer blow or turning
of the mount
• Designed for use with cable ties to route and secure cable bundles,
air, water and hydraulic lines
• Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Stud Tie Mounts
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
1.10
(27.9)
1.00
(25.4)
1.99
(50.6)
TMSTH
.95
(24.1)
.48
(12.2)
1.25
(31.8)
TMSTLH
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TMSTLHS6-M0 M, I, S, HS, LH
Black Outdoors
1/4" stud dia. (6mm) 1000 5000
TMSTLHS8-M0 M, I, S, HS, LH 5/16" stud dia (8mm) 1000 5000
TMSTHS10-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H 3/8" stud dia. (10mm) 500 —
TMSTHS11-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H 7/16" stud dia. (11mm) 500 —
TMSTHS12-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H 12mm stud dia. 500 —
TMSTHS13-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H 1/2" stud dia. (13mm) 500 —
TMSTHS16-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H 5/8" stud dia. (16mm) 500 —
TMSTHS19-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H 3/4" stud dia. (19mm) 500 —
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.19
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Metal Screw-On Mount
• Screw applied aluminum mounting base for a secure support in demanding applications
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Environment
Mounting
Method
Max. Static
Load Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.Lbs. g
MBMS-S10-CY M, I, S Aluminum Indoors/Outdoors #10 (M5) Screw 10.00 4540 100 1000
Push Barb Cable Tie Mounts
• Wing provides added stability
• Requires no adhesive or additional mounting hardware
• Can be used where only one side of the panel is accessible
‡Cable tie cross section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.50
(12.7)
1.00
(25.4)
.14 (3.6)
.17
(4.4)
.61
(15.5)
.30
(7.7)
.72
(18.2)
.24
(6.1) .61
(15.4)
PWMS TM2PWH
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
PWMS-H25-C
M, I, S
.11 2.7 .25 6.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push Barb 100 1000
PWMS-H25-M0 .11 2.7 .25 6.5 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors Push Barb 1000 5000
TM2PWH25-C .10 2.3 .25 6.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push Barb 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.20
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Push Mounts
• Require no adhesive or additional mounting hardware • Can be used where only one side of the panel is accessible
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
PM2H25-C
M, I, S
.125 3.2 .250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
Push Barb
100 500
PM2H25-M0 .125 3.2 .250 6.4 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors 1000 5000
PM2H25-M30 .125 3.2 .250 6.4 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors 1000 5000
Push Button Mounts
• Require no adhesive or additional mounting hardware • Designed for use where both sides of the panel are accessible
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.45"
(11.3)
.08" (2.0)
.33"
(8.3)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
PBMS-H25-C
M, I, S
.13 3.2 .25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
Push Barb
100 1000
PBMS-H25-C14 .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Gray Indoors 100 1000
PBMS-H25-M0 .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors 1000 5000
PBMS-H25-M30 .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors 1000 5000
PBMSL-H25-C30 .29 7.2 .25 6.4 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors 100 1000
PBMSL-H25-M30 .29 7.2 .25 6.4 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors 1000 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.21
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Masonry Push Mounts
• Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to masonry surfaces
• Installed quickly into pre-drilled holes; design holds
bundle securely
• Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, HLM = Tak-Ty ®Miniature,
SGM = Super-Grip ®Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ®Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ®Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ®Light-Heavy, SGH = Super-Grip ®Heavy,
and HV = Hyper-V ™.
Wood Push Mount
• Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to wood surfaces • Barbed design holds mount in place – rated for 60 lb. pullout
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy and HLM = Miniature
Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Ties.
C
B
A
.31
(7.9)
.19
(4.8)
.75
(19.1)
.50
(12.7)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
WPMH-C M, I, S, HS, LH, H, HLM Plated Steel Indoors/Outdoors Hammer into wood 100
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Grip Length
A
Height
B
Hole
Diameter
C
Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In mm
Pan-Ty ®Masonry Push Mounts
MPMS19-C0
M, I, S
0.97 24.6 0.25 6.4 0.19 5.0
Black Indoors/
Outdoors
Fir Tree
Hole
Mount
100 500
MPMS25-C0 0.97 24.6 0.27 6.9 0.25 6.4 100 500
MPMH38-L0 M, I, S, HS, LH,
H, HLM
1.25 31.8 0.30 7.5 0.38 9.5 50 500
MPMWH32-L0 M, I, S, HS, LH,
H, HLM
1.41 35.8 0.28 7.1 0.32 8.0 50 500
Super-Grip ®Masonry Push Mounts
SGMPMS19-C0
SGM, SGI, SGS
0.97 24.6 1.19 30.2 0.19 5.0
Black Indoors/
Outdoors
Fir Tree
Hole
Mount
100 500
SGMPMS25-C0 0.97 24.6 1.24 31.5 0.25 6.4 100 500
SGMPMH38-L0 1.25 31.8 1.49 37.8 0.38 9.5 50 500
SGMPMWH32-L0 SGM, SGI, SGS,
SGLH, SGH
1.41 35.8 0.28 7.1 0.32 8.0 50 500
Hyper-V ™Masonry Push Mounts
HVMPM32-C0 HV 1.41 35.8 1.63 41.4 0.31 8.0 Black Outdoors Fir Tree
Hole
Mount
100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.22
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
A
B
Fir Tree Push Mounts
• Unique alternating barb design
• Lock securely into position
• Umbrella tensioning
• Exclusive contoured anvil head
• Material: Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
‡Cable Tie Cross Section: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, and LH = Light-Heavy.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Head
Diameter
Panel to Top
of Mount
Overall
Height
Panel Hole
Diameter Range
Panel Thickness
Range Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
PUM-049-M30 M, I, S .67 17.0 .26 6.6 .54 13.8 .18 – .19 4.6 – 4.9 .03 – .19 0.7 – 3.0 1000 5000
PUM-071-M30 M, I, S .67 17.0 .26 6.5 .67 16.9 .25 – .28 6.3 – 7.1 .03 – .28 0.8 – 7.0 1000 5000
PUM-100-M30 M, I, S .64 16.0 .26 6.5 .67 16.9 .35 – .40 9.0 – 10.0 .03 – .28 0.8 – 7.0 1000 5000
PUM-925-M30 M, I, S, LH .77 20.0 .30 7.6 1.05 26.7 .34 – .36 8.8 – 9.3 .04 – .62 1.0 – 16.0 1000 5000
Fir Tree Push Mount Assemblies
• Cable tie/mount assemblies significantly reduce installation time
compared to loose parts
• Fewer parts throughout the manufacturing/assembly process
• Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 standard on cable ties and mounts
‡Use with PLT2S Cable Ties except PUM-925-3H-T30, use with PLT3H Cable Ties.
Part Number‡
Head
Diameter
Panel To Top
of Mount
Overall
Height
Panel Hole
Diameter Range
Panel Thickness
Range
Max. Bundle
Diameter Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
PUM-049-2S-D30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.54 13.8 0.18 - 0.19 4.6 - 4.9 0.03 - 0.19 0.7 - 3.0
1.88 48
500 5000
PUM-071-2S-D30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.67 16.9 0.25 - 0.28 6.3 - 7.1 0.03 - 0.28 0.8 - 7.0 500 5000
PUM-100-2S-D30 0.64 16.0 0.26 6.6 0.67 16.9 0.35 - 0.40 9.0 - 10.0 0.03 - 0.28 0.8 - 7.0 500 5000
PUM-925-3H-T30 0.77 20.0 0.30 7.6 1.05 26.7 0.34 –0.36 8.8 – 9.3 0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 3.00 76 200 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.23
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Control Panel Mounts
• Installed behind control panel switch
• Ideal for high strain areas where cable is routed from panel to
panel door
• Compatible with most control panel switch designs
• Indoor use only
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
CPM87S-C M, I, S 2.01 51.1 .89 22.6 .17 4.3 Zinc plated steel Control panel switch 100 1000
CPM122S-C M, I, S 2.82 71.7 1.22 31.0 .17 4.3 Zinc plated steel Control panel switch 100 1000
B
A
C
Pan-Post ™Standoff
• Supports cable bundles above or away from surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
A
1.00"
(25.4)
.72"
(18.3)
.75"
(19.1) .62"
(15.9) 1.10"
(27.9)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Height
A
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
PP1S-S10-X
M, I, S
2.00 50.8
Natural
#10 (M5) Screw 10 100
PP1S-S12-X 2.00 50.8 #12 (M5.5) Screw 10 100
PP2S-S10-X 4.60 116.8 #10 (M5) Screw 10 100
PP2S-S12-X 4.60 116.8 #12 (M5.5) Screw 10 100
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.24
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Flat Pan-Post ™Standoffs
• Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted with
user supplied screws up to 1/4" diameter
• Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks
• Mounting method: 1/4" (M6) screw
• Use where space is limited
• For indoor use only
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy,
HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Ties and HLS = Standard Tak-Ty ®Hook & Loop Ties .
1.38
(34.9)
.26
(6.6)
.37
(9.4)
TYP
.61
(15.5)
REF
1.62
(41.3)
REF
5.60
(142.2)
.19
(4.8)
REF
PPF2S PPF2SV
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PPF2S-S25-V
M, I, S
Nylon 6.6
Natural Two 1/4" (M6) screws 5 100
PPF2S-S25-V69
Flame Retardant Nylon
6.6
PPF2SV-S25-V M, I, S, HS, LH, H,
HLM, HLS
Nylon 6.6
PPF2SV-S25-V69
Flame Retardant Nylon
6.6
Right Angle Bases
• Support cable above the mounting surface
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: I = Intermediate.
A
.75"
(19.1)
.50"
(12.7)
Part Number
Used
with
Cable
Ties‡
Max. Flat
Cable Width
Length
A
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
RAFCBI1-S6-C20 I 1.00 25.4 1.75 44.4
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors #6 (M3) Screw 100 1000
RAFCBI2-S6-C20 I 2.00 50.8 2.78 70.6
RAFCBI3-S6-C20 I 3.00 76.2 3.81 96.8
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.25
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Flat Cable Mounting System – FCB Base and FCPI Plate
• Secures stacked cables, folds, and breakouts, as well as laminated
and molded bus bars
• Use one base, one corresponding size plate (FCPI), and one
Intermediate cross section cable tie
• For indoor use only
• See also Latching Flat Cable Mounts on page B2.38
• Material: Nylon 6.6
*Recommend for use with PLT2I cable ties on page B1.8.
C
A
B
D
A
C
B
FCPI
Part Number
Max. Flat
Cable Width
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Hole Spacing
D
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In mm
FCBI1-A-C20 1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 — —
Black
User Supplied
Adhesive 100 1000
FCBI2-A-C20 2.04 51.8 3.50 88.9 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 — — User Supplied
Adhesive 100 1000
FCBI3-A-C20 3.32 7.72 4.52 114.8 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 — — User Supplied
Adhesive 100 1000
FCBI1-S10-C20 1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 2.08 52.8 #10 (M5)
Screw 100 1000
FCBI2-S10-C20 2.04 51.8 3.50 88.9 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 3.10 78.7 #10 (M5)
Screw 100 1000
FCBI3-S10-C20 3.32 77.2 4.52 114.8 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 4.12 104.6 #10 (M5)
Screw 100 1000
FCPI1-C20* 1.04 26.4 1.29 32.8 .38 9.5 .20 5.1 — — Cable Ties 100 1000
FCPI2-C20* 2.04 51.8 2.31 58.7 .38 9.5 .20 5.1 — — Cable Ties 100 1000
FCPI3-C20* 3.32 77.2 3.32 84.3 .38 9.5 .20 5.1 — — Cable Ties 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.26
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Closed Connector Rings
• Connect multiple cable bundles
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.
Open Connector Ring
• Designed to add on cable bundles without removing cable ties
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
.52"
(13.2)
.26"
(6.6)
.18"
(4.6)
A
B
C
Cable Spacers
• Used to separate and/or hang cords, cables, and tubing
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CSH-D20 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors Cable Ties 500 2500
CSH-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Indoors/Outdoors Cable Ties 500 2500
2.12
(53.8)
.50
(12.7)
.62
(15.7)
Part Number
Used with
Cable
Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
CR2-M M, I, S 0.33 8.4 0.20 5.1 0.20 5.0 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
Cable
Ties
1000 10000
CR4H-M M, I, S,
HS, LH
0.57 14.5 0.36 9.1 0.30 7.6 Indoors
CR4H-M0 M, I, S,
HS, LH
0.57 14.5 0.36 9.1 0.30 7.6 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Indoors/
Outdoors
Part Number
Used With
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CROS-M M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Cable Ties 1000 5000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.27
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Cable Spacer Cross
• Connects two bundles at 90°
• Separates bundles to prevent abrasion
• Dual cradle design stabilizes cable bundle
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Stackable Aerial Cable Spacer
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights
by 1/2" increments
• Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
• For use with Dura-Ty™Cable Ties shown on page B1.53
or Pan-Steel ®Self-Locking Ties on page B3.5, B3.6, B3.7.
*Cable tie cross sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
SACS50-T100 LH, H, EH Weather Resistant
Polypropylene Black Outdoors Cable Ties 200 2000
.45
(11.4)
.37
(9.4)
.25
(6.3)
.51
(13.0)
1.16
(29.5)
2.08
(52.8)
.50
(12.7)
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CSCS-M M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Cable Ties 1000 10000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.28
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Aerial Support Ties –Weather Resistant Polypropylene
• Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the 1/4" (6.4mm) or
5/16" (7.9mm) support strand to form the expansion loop and keep
equipment and cables clear of pole hardware
• One-piece construction with integral 1/2" (12.7mm) spacer
reduces inventory costs of separate spacer and bands, and
installs faster to lower installed cost
• Releasable and re-usable
• Hand install only
Permanent Marking Pens
• Fast drying, permanent ink for identification on marker ties (pages
B1.34, B1.52, and B1.71), marker plates (page B2.29), or cable
marker straps (page B1.80)
• May be used with any label shown in the catalog when a printer is
not available
Support Strand
Max. Dia.:
.32 (8.1mm)
Min. Dia:
.22 (5.6mm)
Spacer Height
.50 (12.7mm)
Nom.
Assembled View
CABLE
(or Cable
Bundle)
B
A REF.
C
PX-0
PX-2
PFX-0
PFX-2
PX-10
Part Number
Length
A
Width
B
Thickness
C
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
AST10-5-C100 5.6 142 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 1.00 25 75 334 100 1000
AST15-5-C100 6.9 175 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 1.50 38 75 334 100 1000
AST20-5-C100 8.4 214 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 2.00 51 75 334 100 1000
AST25-5-C100 10.0 254 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 2.50 64 75 334 100 1000
Part Number Color Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PX-0 Black Permanent marking pen – regular tip. 12 144
PX-2 Red Permanent marking pen – regular tip. 12 144
PFX-0 Black Permanent marking pen – fine tip. 12 144
PFX-2 Red Permanent marking pen – fine tip. 12 144
PX-10 White Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts – regular tip. 12 300
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.29
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Marker Plates –Loose Piece
• Install as flags, tags, or wrap-around identification plates to clearly
identify all wire harnesses
• Use with nylon marking pens for an easy and economic
alternative to identify wire harnesses
• Available in black or white to match the wire harness
• Thickness: .02 inches (0.5mm)
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties‡
Length
A
Width
B
Hole Spacing
C
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
Loose Piece
MP150-C M, I, S 1.50 38.1 .75 19.0 1.03 26.2
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors
Cable Ties
100 500
MP175-C M, I, S 1.75 44.4 .75 19.0 1.28 32.5 100 500
MP200-C M, I, S 2.00 50.8 .75 19.0 1.53 38.9 100 500
MP250-C M, I, S 2.50 63.5 .75 19.0 2.03 51.6 100 500
MP350-C M, I, S 3.50 88.9 .75 19.0 3.03 77.7 100 1000
MP250W175-C M, I, S 2.50 63.5 1.75 44.5 2.03 51.6 100 1000
MP150-C0 M, I, S 1.50 38.1 .75 19.0 1.03 26.2
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors/
Outdoors
100 500
MP175-C0 M, I, S 1.75 44.4 .75 19.0 1.28 32.5 100 500
MP200-C0 M, I, S 2.00 50.8 .75 19.0 1.53 38.9 100 500
MP250-C0 M, I, S 2.50 63.5 .75 19.0 2.03 51.6 100 500
MP350-C0 M, I, S 3.50 88.9 .75 19.0 3.03 77.7 100 1000
Marker Plates on Rolls
MP150-R M, I, S 1.50 38.1 .75 19.0 1.03 26.2
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Cable Ties
1000 5000
MP175-R M, I, S 1.75 44.4 .75 19.0 1.28 32.5 1000 5000
MP200-R M, I, S 2.00 50.8 .75 19.0 1.53 38.9 1000 5000
MP250-R M, I, S 2.50 63.5 .75 19.0 2.03 51.6 1000 5000
B
A
C
.44
(11.2)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.30
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Clincher ™Adjustable Releasable Clamp
• Adjustable clamp designed to contain a range of cable
bundle diameters
• Latch can be released to provide access to cable bundles
• For indoor use only
• Material: Polypropylene
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
.50
(12.7)
Cable and Wire Mounting Devices (Used without Cable Ties)
Wiring accessories are an integral part of the Panduit
comprehensive selection of wire management products.
These accessories are one piece solutions that help provide
the lowest installed cost for controlling, mounting, and
protecting wire and cable. Mounting methods include:
• Adhesive-backed
• Screw applied
• Rivet applied
• Push mounts
Faster Liner Removal Speeds Installation and Lowers Installed Cost
• The adhesive backed mounts are offered either as one or two mounts per liner
• The 2-up mounts are easily removed by bending the mounts away from the liner
• The individual mounts have a convenient tear tab for quick removal
Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
Part Number
Bundle Diameter Range
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
ARC.68-A-Q 0.19 – 0.68 4.8 – 17.3 White Rubber Adhesive Tape 25 250
ARC.68-A-Q14 0.19 – 0.68 4.8 – 17.3 Gray Rubber Adhesive Tape 25 250
ARC.68-S6-Q 0.19 – 0.69 4.8 – 17.5 White #6 (M3) Screw 25 250
ARC.68-S6-Q14 0.19 – 0.69 4.8 – 17.5 Gray #6 (M3) Screw 25 250
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.31
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Push Mount Cord Clip
• Cables are easily snapped into or out of clips
• Winged design holds mount in place even in applications where
vibration is present
• Design of wing provides added stability
.38
(9.6)
.90
(22.9)
.50
(12.7)
Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
C
AB
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
PMCC38H25-C .38 9.6 .105 2.7 .250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push
Barb
100 1000
PMCC38H25-M0 .38 9.6 .105 2.7 .250 6.4 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors 1000 5000
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color Adhesive Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
ACC19-A-C 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
ACC19-AT-C 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Natural Acrylic 100 500
ACC19-A-C20 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Black Rubber 100 500
ACC19-AT-C0 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Acrylic 100 500
ACC19-AV-M300 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.38 6.4 Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black High Bond
Acrylic 1000 5000
ACC38-A-C 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
ACC38-AT-C 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Natural Acrylic 100 500
ACC38-A-C20 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Black Rubber 100 500
ACC38-AT-C0 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Acrylic 100 500
ACC38-AV-M300 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.40 10.2 Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black High Bond
Acrylic 1000 5000
ACC62-A-C 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
ACC62-AT-C 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Natural Acrylic 100 500
ACC62-A-C20 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Black Rubber 100 500
ACC62-AT-C0 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Acrylic 100 500
ACC62-AV-D300 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black High Bond
Acrylic 500 5000
• Cables are easily snapped into or out of the clips
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.32
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
“J” Clips
• Low profile clips retain cords, cables, or tubing
• Flexible design allows for easy cord insertion, yet holds
bundle tightly
• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC
A
B
C
A1C Type Clips
• Hold cords, cables, and tubing
• Single rubber adhesive pad for confined areas
• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC
B
A
C
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
CDiameter
Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
AJC12-A-C 0.12 3.0 1.00 25.4 0.86 21.8 0.19 4.8 0.13 3.3
Light Gray Rubber
Adhesive
Tape
100 1000
AJC19-A-C 0.19 4.8 1.25 31.8 0.87 22.1 0.26 6.6 0.18 4.6 100 1000
AJC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1 0.97 24.6 0.31 7.9 0.23 5.8 100 1000
AJC31-A-C 0.31 7.9 1.75 44.5 1.22 30.1 0.40 10.2 0.29 7.4 100 1000
AJC38-A-C 0.38 9.6 2.00 50.8 1.27 32.3 0.50 12.7 0.39 9.9 100 1000
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In mm In mm In mm In mm
A1C12-A-C80.12 3.0 0.77 19.6 0.63 16.0 0.23 5.8
Light Gray Rubber
100 1000
A1C25-A-C80.25 6.4 0.91 23.1 0.63 16.0 0.38 9.7 100 1000
A1C38-A-C80.38 9.5 1.04 26.4 0.63 16.0 0.51 13.0 100 1000
A1C50-A-C80.50 12.7 1.17 29.7 0.63 16.0 0.64 16.3 100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.33
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
A2C Type Clips
• Hold cords, cables, and tubing
• Two rubber adhesive pads for added strength
• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC
C
B
A
Metal Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
• Can be opened and closed without damaging clip in order to
remove or add cables quickly and easily • For indoor use only
C
B
A
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
A2C12-A-C80.12 3.0 1.30 33.0 0.63 16.0 0.23 5.8
Light Gray Rubber
100 1000
A2C25-A-C80.25 6.4 1.43 36.3 0.63 16.0 0.36 9.1 100 1000
A2C38-A-C80.38 9.5 1.56 39.6 0.63 16.0 0.49 12.4 100 1000
A2C50-A-C80.50 12.7 1.72 43.7 0.63 16.0 0.61 15.5 100 1000
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Clip Width
C
Material
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MACC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 0.77 19.6 0.54 13.7 0.29 7.4
Zinc Plated Steel
Rubber 100 1000
MACC62-A-C 0.62 15.7 1.18 30.0 0.78 19.7 0.29 7.4 100 1000
MACC25-AV-D 0.25 6.4 0.77 19.6 0.54 13.7 0.29 7.4 High Bond
Acrylic
500 1000
MACC62-AV-C 0.62 15.7 1.18 30.0 0.78 19.7 0.29 7.4 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.34
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Latching Wire Clips
• Route and secure cords and cables
• Convenient releasable latch
• Available in six sizes with releasable latch
• Push barb parts are for use with a max panel thickness of
0.11" (2.7mm) and a hole diameter of .22" (5.6mm)
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
LWC**-A LWC * *-H25
C
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
Adhesive Backed
LWC19-A-C 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.61 15.5 0.39 9.9 Natural
Rubber
Adhesive
100 1000
LWC19-A-C14 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.61 15.5 0.39 9.9 Gray 100 1000
LWC19-A-C20 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.61 15.5 0.39 9.9 Black 100 1000
LWC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 0.88 22.2 1.00 25.4 0.45 11.4 Natural 100 1000
LWC25-A-C14 0.25 6.4 0.88 22.2 1.00 25.4 0.45 11.4 Gray 100 1000
LWC25-A-C20 0.25 6.4 0.88 22.2 1.00 25.4 0.45 11.4 Black 100 1000
LWC38-A-C 0.38 9.5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.56 14.2 Natural 100 1000
LWC38-A-C14 0.38 9.5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.56 14.2 Gray 100 1000
LWC38-A-C20 0.38 9.5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.56 14.2 Black 100 1000
LWC50-A-L 0.50 12.7 1.26 32.0 1.00 25.4 0.67 17.0 Natural 50 500
LWC50-A-L14 0.50 12.7 1.26 32.0 1.00 25.4 0.67 17.0 Gray 50 500
LWC50-A-L20 0.50 12.7 1.26 32.0 1.00 25.4 0.67 17.0 Black 50 500
LWC75-A-L 0.75 19.1 1.48 37.6 1.24 31.5 0.90 22.9 Natural 50 500
LWC75-A-L14 0.75 19.1 1.48 37.6 1.24 31.5 0.90 22.9 Gray 50 500
LWC75-A-L20 0.75 19.1 1.48 37.6 1.24 31.5 0.90 22.9 Black 50 500
LWC100-A-L 1.00 25.4 2.21 56.1 1.97 50.0 1.26 32.0 Natural 50 500
LWC100-A-L14 1.00 25.4 2.21 56.1 1.97 50.0 1.26 32.0 Gray 50 500
LWC100-A-L20 1.00 25.4 2.21 56.1 1.97 50.0 1.26 32.0 Black 50 500
Push Mount
LWC19-H25-C 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.51 12.8 0.41 10.4 Natural
Push Barb
100 1000
LWC19-H25-C14 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.51 12.8 0.41 10.4 Gray 100 1000
LWC25-H25-C 0.25 6.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 0.47 11.9 Natural 100 1000
LWC25-H25-C14 0.25 6.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 0.47 11.9 Gray 100 1000
LWC25-H25-C20 0.25 6.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 0.47 11.9 Black 100 1000
LWC38-H25-C 0.38 9.5 0.94 23.9 0.58 14.7 0.57 14.5 Natural 100 1000
LWC38-H25-C14 0.38 9.5 0.94 23.9 0.58 14.7 0.57 14.5 Gray 100 1000
LWC38-H25-C20 0.38 9.5 0.94 23.9 0.58 14.7 0.57 14.5 Black 100 1000
LWC50-H25-L 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.76 19.3 0.78 19.8 Natural 50 500
LWC50-H25-L14 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.76 19.3 0.78 19.8 Gray 50 500
LWC50-H25-L20 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.76 19.3 0.78 19.8 Black 50 500
LWC75-H25-L 0.75 19.1 1.45 36.8 0.87 22.1 0.97 24.7 Natural 50 500
LWC75-H25-L14 0.75 19.1 1.45 36.8 0.87 22.1 0.97 24.7 Gray 50 500
LWC75-H25-L20 0.75 19.1 1.45 36.8 0.87 22.1 0.97 24.7 Black 50 500
LWC100-H25-L 1.00 25.4 1.89 47.9 0.99 25.2 1.30 33.0 Natural 50 500
LWC100-H25-L14 1.00 25.4 1.89 47.9 0.99 25.2 1.30 33.0 Gray 50 500
LWC100-H25-L20 1.00 25.4 1.89 47.9 0.99 25.2 1.30 33.0 Black 50 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.35
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Bevel Entry Clips
• Beveled entry allows for easy insertion of cable bundle
B
A
C
A
C
BECP
BEC
*For proper selection of adhesive see page B2.54.
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
Adhesive Backed
BEC38-A-L 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.52 13.2
Nylon 6.6
Natural
Indoors
Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
BEC38-A-L20 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.52 13.2 Black Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
BEC38-AT-L0 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.52 13.2 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors Acrylic
Adhesive 50 500
BEC62-A-L 0.62 15.7 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.79 20.1
Nylon 6.6
Natural
Indoors
Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
BEC62-A-L20 0.62 15.7 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.79 20.1 Black Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
BEC62-AT-L0 0.62 15.7 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.79 20.1 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors Acrylic
Adhesive 50 500
BEC75-A-L 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6
Nylon 6.6
Natural
Indoors
Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
BEC75-A-L20 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Black Rubber
Adhesive 50 500
BEC75-AT-L0 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black Outdoors Acrylic
Adhesive 50 500
Push Barb
BECP38H25-L 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4
Nylon 6.6
Natural
Indoors Push
Barb
50 500
BECP38H25-L20 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Black 50 500
BECP75H25-L 0.75 19.0 1.47 37.3 0.73 18.5 1.35 34.3 Natural 50 500
BECP75H25-L20 0.75 19.0 1.47 37.3 0.73 18.5 1.35 34.3 Black 50 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.36
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Adhesive Backed Dual Cord Clip
• Holds two cables in high temperature applications
*NORYL Thermoplastic Resin is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Adhesive Backed Mount Cord Clip
• Holds a single cable
• Vertical cable entry for ease of installation
• Funnel entry speeds cable insertion
Vertical Cord Clips
• Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords and cables
• Vertical cable entry for ease of installation
• For indoor use only
.44
(11.2)
.68
(17.3)
1.00
(25.4)
.36
(9.1)
.81
(20.6) 1.00
(25.4)
BA
C
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Material Color Environment
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
ADCC31-AT-C10 0.33 9.0 NORYL* White Indoors Acrylic 100 500
Part Number
Max. Bundle Diameter
Material Color Environment
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
AMC25-AT-C10 .22 – .28 6.0 – 7.0 PVC White Indoors Acrylic 100 1000
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
VCC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
VCC50-A-C 0.50 12.7 1.56 39.7 1.00 25.4 0.81 20.6 Natural 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.37
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Adhesive Backed Latching Clips
• Latching cover withstands vibration • For indoor use only
C
B
A
2.48
(63.0)
1.50
(38.1)
5.04
(128.0)
2.06
(52.3)
.59
(15.0)
Low Profile Flat Cable Mounts
• Three sizes provide a cost effective flat cable containment for stack
heights up to .105 inches (2.7mm)
• Features a matte, textured surface, for either hand written
identification or application of computer labels
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• For indoor use only
0.14 Dia.
(3.5)
DA
.05
(1.1)
.06
(1.5)
Identification
Area
Part Number
Cable Width
Length
A
Hole Spacing
D
Material Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
LPFCM14-A-C14 1.44 37.0 2.56 65.0 2.00 50.8
Nylon 6.6 Gray Rubber
100 500
LPFCM22-A-C14 2.19 56.0 3.31 84.0 2.75 69.9 100 500
LPFCM34-A-C14 3.44 87.0 4.56 115.8 4.00 101.6 100 500
Cable Holder –Adhesive Backed
• Convenient releasable latch allows easy addition and removal
of cables • Low profile design provides a compact cable routing solution
• For indoor use only
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color
Adhesive
Type
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
LC3-A-C80.20 5.0 0.75 19.1 0.75 19.0 0.47 11.9
PVC Light
Gray Rubber
100 1000
LC5-A-C80.36 9.1 1.01 25.7 1.01 25.7 0.61 15.5 100 1000
LC10-A-L80.93 23.6 1.51 38.4 1.51 38.4 0.84 21.3 50 500
Part Number
Cable Width
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
CH105-A-C14 2.06 52.3
Nylon 6.6 Gray
Rubber Adhesive
Tape 100 1000
CH105-S6-C14 2.06 52.3 #6 (M3) Screw 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.38
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Latching Flat Cable Mounts
• Available in four sizes with a stack height of .17 inches (4.3mm) to
accommodate different flat cable widths
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• Convenient releasable latch
• Large mounting base for high bonding strength
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
Latching Flat Cable Holders
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• Convenient releasable latch
• Large mounting base for high bonding strength
• For indoor use only
• See also Flat Cable Mounting System on Page B2.25
• Material: Nylon 6.6
A
B
C
1.00
(25.4)
0.50
(12.7)
A
D
0.14
(3.6) DIA THRU
C
FCM1 and FCM1.2 FCM2 and FCM3.25
2.50
(63.0)
1.50
(38.1)
1.03
(26.2)
5.00
(128.1)
Part Number
Cable Width
Length
A
Width
B
Hole
Spacing
C
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
Adhesive Backed
FCM1-A-C14 1.05 26.7 2.90 73.7 1.05 26.7 — —
Gray Rubber Adhesive
100 500
FCM1.2-A-C14 1.20 30.5 3.16 80.3 1.37 34.8 — — 100 1000
FCM2-A-C14 2.05 52.1 5.06 128.5 2.22 56.4 1.53 38.9 100 500
FCM3.25-A-L14 3.38 85.9 7.30 185.4 3.38 85.9 1.50 38.1 50 500
Screw Mounted
FCM1-S6-C14 1.05 26.7 2.90 73.7 1.00 25.4 — —
Gray #6 (M3) Screw
100 1000
FCM1.2-S6-C14 1.20 30.5 3.16 80.3 1.37 34.8 — — 100 1000
FCM2-S6-C14 2.05 52.1 5.06 128.5 2.22 56.4 1.53 38.9 100 1000
FCM3.25-S6-L14 3.38 85.9 7.30 185.4 3.38 85.9 1.50 38.1 50 500
See also Flat Cable Mounting System on Page B2.25.
Part Number
Length Cable Width
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
FCH2-A-C14 2.48 63.0 2.00 50.8 Gray Rubber Adhesive 100 500
FCH2-S6-C14 2.48 63.0 2.00 50.8 Gray #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.39
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Flat Cable Clips
• Use with any width flat cable for a maximum stack height of
.17 inches (4.3mm)
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC
Pan-Clamp ™Heavy Duty Fixed Diameter Clamps
• One-piece design significantly reduces installation time
• Integrated ribs prevent rotation of cable bundles and ensures
secure grip on hoses
• Material: Impact modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
C
BA
TEAR-TAB
B
C
A Ø
Part Number Cable Width
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
FCC5-A-C8
Any width flat cable
1.00 25.4 .56 14.2 .29 7.4
Gray Rubber
100 1000
FCC-A-C8 1.00 25.4 1.09 27.7 .38 9.7 100 1000
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
A
Width
B
Bundle Offset
C
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
PC038-H25D-C0 .38 9.5 .62 15.7 .64 16.3 .13 3.2 .28 7.1
Black
100 500
PC050-H25D-C0 .50 12.7 .62 15.7 .71 17.9 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 500
PC062-H25D-C0 .63 15.8 .62 15.7 .77 19.5 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 500
PC075-H25D-C0 .75 19.1 .62 15.7 .83 21.1 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
PC087-H25D-C0 .88 22.1 .62 15.7 .89 22.7 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
PC100-H25D-C0 1.00 25.4 .62 15.7 .96 24.3 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
PC112-H25D-C0 1.13 28.5 .62 15.7 1.02 25.8 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
PC125-H25D-C0 1.25 31.8 .62 15.7 1.08 27.4 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.40
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Fixed Diameter Cable Clamps
• Durable Nylon 6.6 cable clamps
All parts listed are also available in black weather resistant material (add suffix 0). Bulk package only.
A
(Dia.)
B
C
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
A
Width
B
Bundle
Offset
CMounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
In. mm In. mm In. mm
CCS12-S8-C .12 3.1 .37 9.4 .33 8.4 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
CCS19-S8-C .19 4.8 .37 9.4 .43 10.9 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
CCS25-S8-C .25 6.3 .37 9.4 .41 10.4 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
CCS25-S10-C .25 6.3 .37 9.4 .41 10.4 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
CCS31-S8-C .31 7.9 .37 9.4 .49 12.4
#8 (M4) Screw
100 500
CCS38-S8-C .38 9.5 .37 9.4 .59 15.0 100 500
CCS44-S8-C .44 11.1 .37 9.4 .57 14.5 100 500
CCS50-S8-C .50 12.7 .37 9.4 .60 15.2 100 500
CCH12-S10-C .12 3.1 .50 12.7 .36 9.1
#10 (M5) Screw
100 500
CCH19-S10-C .19 4.8 .50 12.7 .42 10.7 100 500
CCH25-S10-C .25 6.3 .50 12.7 .46 11.7 100 500
CCH31-S10-C .31 7.9 .50 12.7 .50 12.7 100 500
CCH38-S10-C .38 9.5 .50 12.7 .53 13.5 100 500
CCH44-S10-C .44 11.1 .50 12.7 .56 14.2 100 500
CCH50-S10-C .50 12.7 .50 12.7 .59 15.0 100 500
CCH56-S10-C .56 14.2 .50 12.7 .61 15.5 100 500
CCH62-S10-C .62 15.7 .50 12.7 .65 16.5 100 500
CCH69-S10-C .69 17.5 .50 12.7 .75 19.1 100 500
CCH75-S10-C .75 19.1 .50 12.7 .78 19.8 100 500
CCH81-S10-C .81 20.6 .50 12.7 .81 20.6 100 500
CCH87-S10-C .87 22.1 .50 12.7 .84 21.3 100 500
CCH100-S10-C 1.00 25.4 .50 12.7 .91 23.1 100 500
CCH112-S10-C 1.12 28.4 .50 12.7 .97 24.6 100 500
CCH119-S10-C 1.19 30.2 .50 12.7 1.00 25.4 100 500
CCH125-S10-C 1.25 31.8 .50 12.7 1.06 26.9 100 500
CCH138-S10-C 1.37 34.8 .50 12.7 1.12 28.4 100 500
CCH150-S10-C 1.50 38.1 .50 12.7 1.19 30.2 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.41
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Wire Retainers
• Wires slide into the clip and are held in place by tension
• Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords and cables
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
.38
(9.5)
1.44
(36.5)
.56
(14.2)
.36
(9.1)
.06
(1.5)
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Material Color Environment
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
TWR-C 0.38 9.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
#6 (M3) Screw
100 500
TWR-C0 0.38 9.5 Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Black Outdoors 100 500
Siding Clips
• Low profile installs without drilling or nailing
• Attach coax cable to buildings having “Pittsburgh Interlok” type
aluminum or steel siding
• Will not corrode or stain siding
1.25
(31.8)
.98
(25.0)
.50
(12.7)
.70
(17.8)
VSC Vertical ClipVertical Siding Clip
Horizontal Siding Clip
.50
(12.7)
.71
(18.0)
.34
(8.6)
HSC Horizontal Clip
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
HSC.25-L 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 White
Clip
50 500
HSC.25-L100 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant
Polypropylene Black 50 500
VSC.25-L 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 White 50 500
VSC.25-L100 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant
Polypropylene Black 50 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.42
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Wire Standoffs
• For retaining wires, cable, components or tubing away from panel
or conductive chassis
• Finger grip flanges can be easily locked or unlocked for revisions
• Design of wing provides added stability
• Material: Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use only
B
A
Max. Dia.
(when closed)
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
A
Standoff
Height
B
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
WS25-25-C .25 6.4 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7
Natural Push Barb
100 500
WS25-50-C .25 6.4 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS25-75-C .25 6.4 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS35-25-C .35 8.9 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS35-50-C .35 8.9 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS35-75-C .35 8.9 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS50-25-C .47 11.9 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS50-50-C .47 11.9 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS50-75-C .47 11.9 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS75-25-C .78 19.8 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS75-50-C .78 19.8 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS75-75-C .78 19.8 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.43
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Snap-In Clips
• Clip around bundle to hold securely in place
• Clips are placed on the bundle then attached to the panel
• Material: Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use only
Wire Saddles
• Funnel entry design for fast insertion of wires and cables
• Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations
• Design of wing provides added stability
• Material: Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use only
A
A
B
A
B
VWS Vertical HWS Horizontal
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Height
A
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
SICH25-C .25 6.4 .40 20.9 .10 2.5 .25 6.4
Natural Push Barb
100 500
SICH38-C .38 9.7 .54 24.9 .10 2.5 .25 6.4 100 500
SICH50-C .50 12.7 .67 28.2 .10 2.5 .25 6.4 100 500
SICH75-C .75 19.1 .96 35.6 .10 2.5 .25 6.4 100 500
SICH100-C 1.00 25.4 1.21 41.9 .10 2.5 .25 6.4 100 500
SICH150-C 1.50 38.0 1.71 54.6 .10 2.5 .25 6.4 100 500
Part Number
Max. Bundle Capacity
Height
A
Width
B
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
VWS4218-C 0.18 x 0.42 5.0 x 10.7 0.58 14.7 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7
Natural Push
Barb
100 500
VWS4238-C 0.40 x 0.42 10.2 x 10.7 0.78 19.8 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 500
VWS4274-C 0.74 x 0.42 19.0 x 10.7 1.14 29.0 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 500
VWS42105-C 1.05 x .42 27.0 x 10.7 1.45 36.8 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 1000
HWS2819-C 0.19 x 0.28 5.0 x 7.1 0.42 10.7 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.44
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Harness Clips
• Integral “spring” holds wire bundles tightly
• Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations
• Design of wing provides added stability
.74
(18.8)
1.25
(31.8)
.39
(10.0)
1.10
(27.9)
.80
(20.2)
.39
(10.0)
HCMP06B HCMP06C
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter Range
Max. Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
HCMP06B12-C20 .24 – .47 5.9 – 12.5 .118 3.0 .25 6.4
Nylon 6.6 Black Push
Mount
100 500
HCMP06C12-C20 .24 – .47 5.9 – 12.5 .105 2.7 .25 6.4 100 500
• Use to secure and route all standard sizes of solid wall or slit
corrugated loom tubing
• Ribs prevent lateral movement of corrugated loom tubing along
the mount
• Rugged clip prevents accidental disassembly of tubing due
to shock or vibration
Corrugated Tubing Holder with Push Mount
“A” Dia
Part Number
Nominal Diameter
AMax. Panel Thickness Panel Hole Diameter Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
CTH19U04-C30 0.19 5 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 —
CTH35U08-C30 0.35 9 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 500
CTH38U10-C30 0.38 10 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 —
CTH50U13-C30 0.50 13 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 —
CTH62U17-C30 0.62 17 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 —
CTH87U22-C30 0.87 22 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 —
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.45
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
.59
(15.0)
.74
(18.7) .39
(10.0)
HCME06A12
Wire Bundle Strap
• Securely routes large cable bundles • Rounded edges prevent damage to cable jackets
Part Number
Bundle
Retaining Area
In.2Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
WBS6-Q 6.00 ABS White (2) 1/4" (M6) Screws 25 125
Nylon Edge Clips
• Integral “spring” holds wire bundles tightly
• Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations
• Design of wing provides added stability
• Indoor/Outdoor use
.40
(10.3)
2.37
(60.1)
1.33
(33.7)
2.71
(68.8)
VWSDC
1.28
(32.5)
1.647
(41.8)
1.30
(32.9)
.377
(9.6)
VWS106
*Bulk packaging size available.
*Accepts two bundles.
3.92
(99.6)
1.00
(24.5)
2.54
(64.5)
4.82
(122.56)
• Use in pre-drilled .18 inch (4.0mm) holes in panels up to .09 inch
(2.0mm) thick • Smooth rounded edges eliminate potential for snagging and stress
on cable
Optical Fiber Network Saddles
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Range
Max.
Panel
Thickness
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
HCME04Y09-C30* 0.16 – 0.35 4.0 – 9.0 0.16 4.0 Nylon 6.6 Heat
Stabilized
Black Clip onto Edge
100 —
HCME06A12-C130 0.24 – 0.47 5.9 – 12.5 0.05 1.2 Acetal Heat
Stabilized 100 500
HCME06Y12-C30* 0.31 – 0.47 8.0 – 12.0 0.16 4.0 Nylon 6.6 Heat
Stabilized 100 —
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
Material
Mounting
Method Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
VWSDC-C* 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Natural 100 500
VWSDC-C20* 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Black 100 —
VWS106-C 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Natural 100 500
VWS106-C20 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Black 100 500
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.46
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Circuit Board Locking Supports
• For board-to-chassis support
• Snap-in design for fast assembly
• Design of wing provides added stability
• Releasable and reusable
• Material: Nylon 6.6
B
C
D
Circuit Board Posts
• For board-to-board or board-to-chassis mounting
• Bell flange on bottom end provides greater stability
• Releasable and reusable
• Material: Nylon 6.6
• Color: Natural
A
.19 Dia.
(4.7) .28
(7.2)
Part Number
Standoff Height
Height
A
Panel Hole
Diameter Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
CBP12-C .12 3.0 .40 10.2 .156 3.96
Push
Barb
100 500
CBP25-C .25 6.4 .54 13.5 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP31-C .31 7.9 .59 15.0 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP37-C .37 9.4 .62 15.7 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP50-C .50 12.7 .78 19.8 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP62-C .62 15.7 .91 23.0 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP75-C .75 19.1 1.04 26.2 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP87-C .87 22.1 1.15 29.2 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP100-C 1.00 25.4 1.28 32.5 .156 3.96 100 500
Part Number
Height
A
Panel Hole
Diameter
B
Chassis Panel
Hole Diameter
C
Standoff
Height
D
Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
CBLS18-C .92 23.4 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .19 4.7
Natural Push
Barb
100 500
CBLS25-C .98 24.9 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .25 6.4 100 500
CBLS37-C 1.11 28.2 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .38 9.5 100 500
CBLS50-C 1.23 31.2 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .50 12.7 100 500
CBLS62-C 1.35 34.3 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .63 15.9 100 500
CBLS75-C 1.48 37.5 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .75 19.1 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.47
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Elastic Retainers
• Cable bundles are formed as individual wires are inserted
• Completed bundles can be easily removed
• The elastic band is replaceable
• For indoor use only
Elastic Retainers – ER Type
• Cable bundles are formed as cable bundles are inserted
• Completed bundles can be easily removed
• For indoor use only
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
ER.5-E4-X .50 12.7 1.96 49.8 .56 14.2 1.00 25.4 Nylon 6.6 Black Two #6 (M3)
Screws
10 100
ER1.25-E4-X 1.25 31.8 2.90 73.7 .95 24.1 2.00 50.8 10 100
A
C
B
B
C
A
Harness Board Accessories
Panduit harness board accessories provide fast routing
and forming of wires in harness fabrication. They hold the
wires off the harness board at a uniform height for easy
application of cable ties. The accessories are designed
for use with various Panduit cable tie installation tools.
To maintain the harness at a uniform height of approx.
1.33 inches (33.8mm) (at the center of the harness)
above the board, use RER Elastic Retainers, BR.75-E6
or BR.5-E6, CPH.75-S8, TJF and SHH1-S8 or SHH3-S8
harness board accessories. This height is suitable for
use with PAT1M Automatic Cable Tie Installation Tool.
For economy, the elastic band can be
replaced in the RER Elastic Retainers
without removing the RER base.
Part
Number
RER.5E-X
RER.75E-X
RER1.25E-X
RER2.0E-X
Pkg.
Qty.
10
10
10
10
Replacement Elastic
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Length
A
Width
B
Height
C
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
RER.5-S6-X 0.50 12.7 1.18 30.0 0.84 21.3 1.89 48.0
Nylon 6.6
Black Base,
White Arm Two #6 (M3)
Screws
10 50
RER.75-S6-X 0.75 19.0 1.18 30.0 1.12 28.4 2.21 56.1 10 50
RER1.25-S6-X 1.25 31.8 1.18 30.0 1.64 41.7 2.86 72.6 10 50
RER2.0-S6-X 2.00 50.8 1.31 33.3 2.81 71.4 3.94 100.2 Natural 10 50
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.48
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Bundle Retainers
• Funnel entry allows fast cable insertion
• Completed bundles can be easily removed
• For indoor use only
• Color: Black
Corner Posts
• Designed to pre-form tight bundles at harness corners
and breakouts
• Top arm rotates upward for easy removal of completed harness
• For indoor use only
T-Junction Fixture
• Forms cable junctions
• Fixture moves down for easy harness removal
• For indoor use only
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
TJF-X 1.34 34.0 Nylon 6.6 and Nickel
Plated Steel Black Nail 10 100
A
BC
D
E
(Dia)
1.88
(47.8)
1.18
(30.0)
1.35
(34.4) .90
(22.9)
1.60
(40.8)
.172 (4.4) Dia. Hole
1.11
(28.2)
.56
(14.2)
.88
(22.4)
1.52
(38.6)
.172 (4.4) Dia. Hole
1.08
(27.4)
CPH CPL
A.44
(11.2)
.78
(19.8)
A
2.56
(65.0)
2.18
(55.4)
2.50
(63.5)
A
2.25
(57.2)
BR.5 and BR.75 BR2 BR2-1.3
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Standoff
Height
A
Material
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
BR.5-E6-C 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.2 Impact
Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Two #6 (M3) Screws
100 500
BR.75-E6-C 0.75 19.0 0.95 24.1 100 500
BR2-1.3-X 2.00 50.8 1.32 33.5
Glass
Filled
Nylon 6.6
Two 1/4" (M6) Screws 10 10
BR2-1.3-A-X 2.00 50.8 1.35 34.3 Rubber Adhesive Tape 10 10
BR2-1.5-X 2.00 50.8 1.59 40.4
Two 1/4" (M6) Screws
10 10
BR2-4-X 2.00 50.8 4.06 103.1 10 10
BR2-6-X 2.00 50.8 6.02 152.9 10 10
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
CPH.75-S8-X .75 19.0 Nylon
6.6 Black Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
CPL.75-S8-X
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.49
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Wire End Holder
• Secures wire ends while harness is being fabricated
• Used with #28 thru #16 AWG wires
• For indoor use only
Harness Board Nails
• Speed routing of wires
• Uniform driving depth is insured by a collar stop
• Smooth finish on nails prevents abrasion to wire jackets
• For indoor use only
A
C
B
.53
(13.5) .77
(20.0) 1.22
(31.0)
.37
(9.4)
.18 (4.6)
.29 (7.4)
.16 (4.1)
Part Number Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
WEH-E8-C Acetal Black Two #8 (M4) Screws 100 1000
Part
Number
Length
A
Overall Length
B
Thickness
C
Material
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm
HBN.75-T .75 19.1 1.40 35.6 .07 1.9
Nickel
Plated Steel
Hammered
into harness
board
200 1000
HBN1-T 1.00 25.4 1.65 41.9 .07 1.9 200 1000
HBN1.5-T 1.50 38.1 2.16 54.9 .08 2.1 200 1000
HBN2-T 2.00 50.8 2.66 67.6 .09 2.4 200 1000
HBN2.5-T 2.50 63.5 3.16 80.3 .11 2.8 200 1000
HBN3-T 3.00 76.2 3.67 93.2 .12 3.0 200 1000
HBN4-T 4.00 101.6 4.67 118.6 .14 3.7 200 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.50
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Fanning Strip System
• Holds wires in a specific orientation
• No sharp edges to damage wire insulation
• Will accept wires up to 18 AWG
• Fanning strip can remain as part of completed harness
Spring Wire Breakout System
• Harness board spring and spring holder holds wire ends secure
while harness is being fabricated
• Wires simply pull out from spring when harness is removed
• Each SHH Spring Holder is supplied with one rigid wire piece to
hold the spring laterally and two #8 (M4), 2" (50.8mm) hex head
wood screws; purchase spring separately
12.1
(307.8)
.31 (7.9)
.04 (1.0)
.12 (3.0)
.16 (4.0)
.06 (1.5)
6.00 (152.4)
.62 (15.7)
.56
(14.2)
1.50
(38.1) .75
(19.0)
.04 (1.0)
.53
(13.5)
1.10
(28.0)
3.2 (81.3)
1.42
(36.0)
.04 (1.0)
.60
(15.2)
FSH40 FSHH
FS156
A
.44 (11.2) .53 (13.4)
1.30
(33.0)
.19 (4.8) Dia.
A
SHH
PBSC
Part Number
Hole Spacing
A
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
PBSC1-X 1.00 25.4
Steel
— SHH1 Spring Holder 10 100
PBSC3-X 3.00 76.2 — Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
PBSC6-X 6.00 152.4 — SHH3 Spring Holder 10 100
PBSC12-X 12.00 304.8 — Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
SHH1-S8-X 1.85 47.0 Nylon 6.6 Natural Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
SHH3-S8-X 6.80 172.7 Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
Part Number Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FS156-C Nylon 6.6 Natural FSH Holder 100 1000
FSH40-X ABS Black Four #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
FSHH-X Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.51
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Harness Board Standoff Posts and Adapter
• Used to hold a push mount accessory or cable tie at a specific location on a harness board
.50
(12.7)
A
B
(Dia)
C
.28 DIA
(7.2)
TYP. 3 PLACES
D
A
.21 DIA
(5.3)
TYP. 2 PLACES
HB2SP HBUA
• Designed to be attached to the wire harness
during assembly
• Cable ties can be installed by hand or with Panduit
automatic cable tie tools
• Used with harness board standoff posts
• Available with or without corrugated tubing location tab
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Heat stabilized nylon material (30) for high temperature
applications – indoor use
Tie Harness Mounts
*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard.
1.54
(39.1)
.160
(4.1)
.37
(9.4)
Part Number
Height
A
Hole
Diameter
B
Length
C
Width
D
For Use With Material
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
Posts
HB2SP19-X 2.00 50.8 .20 5.2 — — 0.50 12.7 PLWP, PRWP,
WS, VWS,
HWS, TPM
Aluminum Bolt –
Included
10 100
HB2SP25-X 2.00 50.8 .30 7.5 — — 0.50 12.7 PLWP, PRWP,
PLP, THMS,
HCMP, PMCC
Aluminum Bolt –
Included
10 100
Adapter
HBUA-X .31 7.9 .28 7.1 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 HB2SP19-X,
HB2SP25-X
Nylon 6.6 #10 (M5)
Screw
10 100
Part Number
Used with
Cable
Ties*
Maximum
Panel
Thickness
Panel
Hole
Diameter
Material Color
Mounting
Method
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm
FOR CORRUGATED TUBING –A location tab on the mount shelf aligns with the corrugated tubing grooves
to ensure proper mount location during assembly
THMSP20-C M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP20-C30 M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Black Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP25-C M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP25-C30 M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Black Push Barb 100 1000
FOR DISCRETE WIRING –No location tab
THMSP20F-C M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP20F-C30 M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Black Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP25F-C M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP25F-C30 M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Black Push Barb 100 1000
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.52
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Automatic Cable Tie Mounts
• Automatic alignment orients the tool head with the mount
for reliable feeding of the cable through the mount to
speed installation
• Multiple fixture configurations allow mounting in horizontal,
vertical, or 45° orientation
• Integrated switch* capability enables placement of a switch
to detect the mount’s presence providing an input to a
quality control system
• Activation device on harness board fixture prevents tool from
operating unless it is properly engaged in the fixture for
operator safety
Harness Board Fixtures
*The Omron Electronics D2SW-3L1HS switch is compatible with the ATM system. Similar switches from other manufacturers may also be suitable.
See page B1.115 for Panduit Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems.
2.38
(60)
2.50
(64)
5.04
(128)
ATMB
Auto Tie Mounts work with Reel-fed Cable Ties and Automatic Tooling. See page B1.115.
A
B
C
• Multiple sizes work with industry standard panel thickness
and hole diameters for greater application flexibility
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface,
saving space and providing greater protection for bundles
in high vibration applications
• Supports Miniature and Intermediate cross section
cable ties
Part Number
Used with
Cable Ties
A
Length
B
Width
C
Height
Maximum
Panel
Thickness
Panel Hole
Diameter Range
Material Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
ATM-W187-M
BT1.5M-
XMR,
PLT1.5M-
XMR
0.80 20.5 0.35 9.0
0.58 14.6
0.12 3.0
0.17 –
0.20 4.3 –
4.9
Nylon 6.6
Natural 1000 5000
ATM-W187-M20 Black 1000 5000
ATM-W187-M30 Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Black 1000 5000
ATM-W250-M
0.66 16.6 0.23 –
0.26 5.7 –
6.6
Nylon 6.6
Natural 1000 5000
ATM-W250-M20 Black 1000 5000
ATM-W250-M30 Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Black 1000 5000
Part Number Description Mounting Color Material
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
ATMB Base Screw base to harness
board with 1/4" screws Black
Acetal
—10
ATMI-W187-X Insert for ATM-W187 mount Snaps into ATMB Yellow 10 —
ATMI-W250-X Insert for ATM-W250 mount Snaps into ATMB Red 10 —
ATMI-XMR-X Used for cable tie installations where
mounts are NOT required Snaps into ATMB Black 10 —
ATMC Clamp used to secure the ATMB (base)
in a vertical or 45° position Screw clamp to harness
board with 1/4" screws Black — 10
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.53
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
■■ TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
‡For more detail and additional materials, see Selection Chart on Pages B1.2 – B1.3.
Physical Properties and Colors of Cable Accessory Materials‡
Design
Criteria
Flame
Retardant
Nylon 6.6
Glass
Filled
Flame
Retardant
Nylon 6.6
General
Purpose
Polypropylene
Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene
General
Purpose
ABS
General
Purpose
ABS
Weather
Resistant
ABS
Flame
Retardant
Polypropylene Acetal PVC
Color Black,
Natural Black Black Black Black Natural Black Black Black Gray,
White
Part Number
Suffix
60, 69 None None/109 100 None 20 0 None None 810
UL
Flammability
– UL 94
V-0 V-0 HB HB HB HB HB V-0 HB V-0
Gamma
Radiation
Resistance
1x105
Rads N/A 1x105Rads 1x105Rads N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Water
Absorption
1.1%
(24 hrs.) 0.7%
(24 hrs.) 0.1%
(24 hrs.) 0.1%
(24 hrs.) 0.3%
(24 hrs.) 0.3%
(24 hrs.) 0.3%
(24 hrs.) 0.15%
(24 hrs.) 0.43%
(24 hrs.) 0.3%
(24 hrs.)
UV
Resistance
Poor Poor Poor Good Poor Fair Good Good Good Poor
Maximum
Continuous
Use
Temperature
230°F
(110°C) 230°F
(110°C) 221°F
(105°C) 221°F
(105°C) 185°F
(85°C) 185°F
(85°C) 185°F
(85°C) 257°F
(125°C) 194°F
(90°C) 122°F
(50°C)
Minimum
Continuous
Use
Temperature
-40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C) -40°F
(-40°C)
Application Chart
Since Panduit manufactures
adhesive backed mounts with a variety
of adhesive types, this chart should be
used as a guideline for choosing the
best adhesive for often-encountered
conditions. Each type of adhesive is
rated good, fair or poor for some
specific mounting surfaces and/or
chemical environments.
Mount Spacing
To determine the number of mounts to
use in a given application, the following
formula can be used as a guideline:
Surfaces
Rubber Based
Foam Tape Mounts
Acrylic Based Foam
Tape Mounts
Epoxy Applied
Adhesive Mounts
Plastics
Wood
Glass
Painted Surfaces
Powder Coating
Metal
Paper
Concrete, Stone, Masonry
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Good1
Good
Not Recommended
Good
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Good1
Good
Not Recommended
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Water
Oil
Gasoline
Dilute Acids
Dilute Alkalis
Organic Solvents
Outdoor Exposure
Good
Poor
Poor
Poor
Good
Poor
Not Recommended
Good
Fair3
Fair3
Fair3
Fair3
Fair3
Good
Poor
Good
Fair
Fair
Fair
Not Recommended
Good2
1. Not recommended for use on copper or brass.
2. Mounts manufactured from outdoor material only. For specific applications, individual testing
prior to extensive use is suggested.
3. Depends on concentration, exposure time, and chemical composition.
Chemical Resistance
Cable or weight (Lbs./ft.)
Static Load rating of Mount (Lbs./mt.)
Mounts
Ft.
Spacing
=
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.54
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
General Mount Guidelines
Panduit pressure sensitive adhesive (foam tape) mounts are intended to secure wire bundles or other light
objects to smooth surfaces. These mounts are not designed to support excessive loads and should not be
used when the maximum expected load exceeds the rated capacity of the mount.
Choosing the Right Adhesive
Panduit offers two standard pressure sensitive foam tapes which are available on most adhesive backed
wiring accessories products. The general purpose tape is produced with a rubber based adhesive and is
identified by an “-A” in the part number. This tape develops its strength extremely fast and can be used in
environments with temperatures ranging from -20°F (-29°C) to 120°F (49°C). It is recommended that rubber
based adhesive mounts dwell 2 hours after installation, prior to loading. Rubber based adhesive tape is the
best choice for most adhesive mount applications, including powder coated surfaces.
Acrylic based adhesive tape is also available and is identified by an “-AT” in the part number. This tape is for
use in environments where continuous exposure to temperatures ranging from -20°F (-29°C) to 180°F (82°C)
is possible. Acrylic based adhesive develops its maximum strength over a longer period of time than rubber
based adhesive. It is recommended that acrylic adhesive mounts dwell 8 hours after installation, prior to
loading. Acrylic based adhesive tape is a good choice for environments with exposure to UV rays or
temperatures above 120°F (49°C).
Panduit adhesive backed cable accessories are also available pre-installed with high bond acrylic-based
adhesive. This adhesive can be used in applications with continuous use temperatures ranging from
-31°F (-35°C) to 200°F (93°C), though higher temperatures may be possible for short-term exposure.
High Bond cable accessories are recommended for use in demanding applications such as where high
temperatures are required, or where fatigue loading is expected.
Panduit also offers a 2-part epoxy for use in applications where excessive loading is required, or where the
surface to which the mount must be applied is porous rather than smooth. Panduit EMA adhesive is a 2-part
epoxy cement which is packaged in convenient mixer cups containing an equal amount of resin and hardener.
Peel the protective covering off and pop the center of the cup in to form a mixing bowl. Each cup is supplied
with a mixer stick and contains enough epoxy to properly apply three EMS mounts. The resin and hardener
should be thoroughly mixed together until the epoxy is a consistent and uniform color. The mixer stick can then
be used to apply the adhesive to the mount. The epoxy should be forced into the grooves on the bottom of the
mount to obtain optimum bond performance. The mount should be applied to the surface with light pressure and
a back-and-forth twisting motion. Hardening of the epoxy begins five minutes after mixing at room temperature.
Panduit adhesive mounts provide a quick, economical, and dependable
method of supporting, routing, and protecting wires or cables. Some are
used with Panduit cable ties and others can be used without cable ties.
Adhesive backed mounts adhere to a variety of surfaces. This alternative
to mechanical fasteners offers the advantage of lower installed cost with
safe, easy to use, quality products.
Applications
• To route wires in control panels and switchboards
• To support bundles of wires away from moving mechanical devices
• Routing and harnessing cables, both indoors and out, to prevent safety hazards
• To organize flat cables in many locations with low profile construction
• Ideal for supporting wire bundles where holes cannot be made in the substrate
• To separate groups of wires for identification
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B2.55
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Proper Storage Conditions
All Panduit adhesive products have an expiration date printed on the package label. Use the following
storage guidelines:
1. For rubber and acrylic based foam tape adhesives, store in temperatures of 70°F (21°C) and 45%
Relative Humidity (R.H.).
2. For epoxy type adhesives, store in temperatures of 40°F (4°C) to 75°F (25°C) and relative humidity not in
excess of 45%. Storage in opened containers is not recommended. Using the guidelines above, the shelf life of
foam tape is 3 years. Shelf life of epoxy is 1 year. Deviation from the recommended storage conditions may
reduce the shelf life or adhesive strength. In any case, adhesive products should never be stored near heating
vents or other heat sources, and storage in lower temperatures than those recommended may increase the
shelf life.
Stock Rotation
Adhesive mount inventory should be rotated in order to
insure the quality of the adhesive foam tape. Each package
of Panduit adhesive backed mounts has a quality control
number and a best-if-used-by date on the package label.
The best-if-used-by date provides the customer with an
accurate way to control the rotation of inventory, and,
as is the case with all Panduit products, the quality control
number provides complete traceability for all components
that go into a specific production run of product.
Mount Removal
There is no simple or easy method for removing Panduit adhesives. A thin wire or razor blade can be moved
in between the surfaces when removing foam tape mounts; however, the adhesive residue will remain on the
surface. Epoxy adhesives may be removed with a commercial paint stripping solution.
Best-If-Used-By Date
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts (continued)
Surface Preparation
For best results, Panduit adhesive mounts should be applied to clean, dry, grease-free surfaces.
We recommend that the surface be cleaned prior to mount installation. For rubber and acrylic based
foam tape adhesives, a blend of isopropyl alcohol and water 50/50 may be used to clean most surfaces.
For epoxy type adhesives, especially masonry surfaces, be sure to clean all loose particles away before mount
installation. Some surface abrasion is recommended to achieve maximum strength. A light rubbing with medium
grit emery cloth or sandpaper is best. Wash after abrading.
Proper Installation Techniques For Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Mounts
For proper installation of adhesive mounts with foam tape, simply remove the release liner and place the mount
in the desired location. Avoid touching the adhesive prior to positioning the mount. Apply firm pressure to the
mount for 5 seconds to insure proper adhesion.
Alcohol
12
6
3
9
1) Clean surface with a
clean cloth and
isopropyl alcohol.
2) Allow surface to air dry. 3) Remove the release
liner, being careful not
to touch the adhesive.
4) Apply full thumb
pressure for at least
5 seconds.
5) Allow mount to
properly dwell.
Quality Control Number
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B2.56
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
NOTES
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.1
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
PAN-STEEL®SYSTEM
The Pan-Steel®System provides a strong, durable method of bundling and mechanical fastening, for all
indoor, outdoor, and underground (including direct burial) applications.The ties are designed for use in
critical applications where strength, vibration, radiation, weathering, corrosion and temperature
extremes are a factor.
• Patented locking head design assures locking in
any position, with a high rated loop tensile
strength for a durable solution that delivers an
extra margin of safety
• 201, 304, or 316 grade stainless steel provides a
strong, long-lasting method of bundling and
mechanical fastening in harsh environments
• Accessories available to protect, speed, and
simplify the mounting of wires, cable, and
tubing with Panduit®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel
Cable Ties
• Complete line of manual and powered installation
tools available with controlled tension and
automatic cut-off for lower installed cost
• Large selection of stainless steel marker plates,
tags, and cable ties to deliver maximum design
flexibility to match your specific application
requirements; for details, refer to Permanent
Identification Section E4
Panduit continues to develop stainless steel solutions for harsh environment applications by solving
customer problems with innovative products and reliable tooling to achieve lowest installed cost.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.2
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Products Overview
Pan-Steel®Cable Ties Pages B3.4 – B3.7, B3.11 – B3.13
Pan-Steel®Coated Cable Ties Pages B3.8 – B3.9, B3.12 – B3.13
Pan-Alum ™Cable Ties Page B3.10
Pan-Steel®Retained Tension Ties Pages B3.17 – B3.20
• Designed for use in indoor, outdoor, and
underground applications
• Self-locking head design speeds installation
• Strong, durable method of cable bundling
• Rounded edges assure cable protection and
worker safety
• Designed for use in indoor, outdoor, and
underground applications
• Self-locking head design speeds installation
• Provides additional edge protection
• Prevents corrosion between
dissimilar metals
• Ideal for use in permanent identification and
color-coding applications
• Five color options in addition to
natural aluminum
• Lightweight construction for flexibility and
ease of handling
• Used with aluminum marker plates for fast
and easy installation
• Designed for use in Industrial, OEM, and
Transportation Markets
• Provides tight bundling of armored cables,
pipes, conduit and rigid materials
• Locks into place at any length along the
tie body
• 360° seal design option eliminates gaps for
a completely sealed installation
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.3
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Products Overview (continued)
Installation Tools Pages B3.14 – B3.16, B3.20, B3.26
Pan-Steel®Strapping Pages B3.21 – B3.26
Accessories Pages B3.26 – B3.29
Permanent Identification Products Pages E4.1 – E4.6
• Used in production, maintenance, and
construction applications
• Full line of lightweight, ergonomic hand tools
• Highest reliability in the industry
• Flush cut-off of ties limits exposure to
sharp edges
• Fold over design provides high
retained tension
• Cut end is locked inside low profile
buckle – no sharp edges
• Coil-in-box packaging option for job site
versatility with minimum inventory
• Coated design option for additional
edge protection
• Cushion sleeving provides full separation
between ties and bundles
• Multiple mount options for range of
applications and panel thicknesses
• Mounts secure ties to structure quickly
and easily
• Withstand the test of time and provide
legibility in harsh environments
• Factory Custom Marking Service creates
custom embossed or laser etched metal
plates, tags, and ties
• Portable marking tools for quick and easy
on-site identification
• Large selection delivers maximum
design flexibility
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.4
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Pan-Steel®Cable Ties
Self-Locking Head Construction
Fully Rounded Edges Self-Locking for Fast Installation
*Aggressive locking head
Quicker locking,
tighter installation
*Lead in design
Wider entrance for
easier threading
Unique locking ramp
Assures locking in
any position
Strengthening ribs
Stronger head increases
lock strength
Extended retaining tab
Increases overall tie strength
*Innovative
displacement lock
Assures superior
locking strength
Self-locking design can be
fastened by hand requiring
no fold over or additional
installation steps.
Pan-Steel®Installation Tools
for adjustable tension control
and automatic cut-off for
quick, consistent, and
secure installation.
Panduit tie body Other manufacturer’s
tie body
The Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Cable Tie features fully
rounded edges to assure bundle protection and operator
safety. Panduit not only removes the burr, but actually
passes the material through a secondary process which
removes the top and bottom corners of the material.
Large selection of
installation tools, the
proper tool available to
meet the requirements of
every application. See
pages B3.14 – B3.16.
Pan-Steel®System
Accessories are used
with Pan-Steel®Stainless
Steel Cable Ties to
speed and simplify the
mounting of wires,
cables, and tubing.
Installation methods
include screw mounts
and push mounts. See
pages B3.26 – B3.29.
Pan-Steel®Permanent
Identification Solutions
are designed for use with
Panduit®Pan-Steel®
Stainless Cable Ties and
Pan-Alum™Aluminum
Cable Ties for quick and
easy on-demand
identification in harsh
environments. See
pages E4.1 – E4.6.
Panduit® Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties are engineered for safety, productivity, and durability by providing round edges and smooth surfaces,
easy threading, high loop tensile strength and tight clamping.
*Patented
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.5
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Part Number System for Pan-Steel®Cable Ties
MLT 6 S — CP
Bundle Diameter Reference
(In.)
Cross Section Standard Package Size
S = Standard
LH = Light Heavy
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy
EH15 = Extra-Heavy-15
SH = Super-Heavy
Q= 25
L* = 50
LP**= 50
CP = 100
*Standard Cross Section
**Heavy Cross Section
MLT = Metal
Locking
Tie
Type Material
(blank) = 304
316 = 316
Pan-Steel®Self-Locking Cable Ties –MLT Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Provides a strong, durable method of cable bundling
• Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and underground
(including direct burial) applications
• Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
worker safety
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel for
general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
corrosive environments
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
Table continued on page B3.6
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length*
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Min.
Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
AISI 304 Stainless Steel –For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
MLT1S-CP 1.0 25 5.0 127 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, HTMT, PPTMT,
ST2MT
100 500
MLT2S-CP 2.0 51 7.9 201 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT2S-L 2.0 51 7.9 201 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 50 500
MLT2.7S-CP 2.7 69 10.2 259 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT4S-CP 4.0 102 14.3 362 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT4S-L 4.0 102 14.3 362 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 50 500
MLT6S-CP 6.0 152 20.5 521 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT8S-CP 8.0 203 26.8 679 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT10S-CP 10.0 254 33.0 838 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT12S-Q 12.0 304 39.3 998 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT14S-Q 14.0 355 45.5 1156 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT15S-Q 15.0 380 49.2 1250 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 25 125
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.6
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Self-Locking Cable Ties –MLT Series (continued)
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
mmIn.mmIn.mmIn.NLbs.mmIn.mmIn.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Recommended
Installation
Tool***
ThicknessWidth
Min.
Bundle
Diameter
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**Length*
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
Part Number
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MLT2LH-LP 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT
50 250
MLT4LH-LP 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT6LH-LP 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8LH-LP 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
Heavy Cross Section
MLT2H-LP 2.0 51 7.9 201 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, ST2MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, PBTMT
50 250
MLT2.7H-LP 2.7 69 10.2 259 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT4H-LP 4.0 102 14.3 362 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT6H-LP 6.0 152 20.5 521 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8H-LP 8.0 203 26.8 679 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT10H-LP 10.0 254 33.0 838 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT12H-Q 12.0 304 39.3 998 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT14H-Q 14.0 355 45.5 1156 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 125
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4EH-LP 4.0 102 17.1 434 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25
ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT
50 250
MLT6EH-LP 6.0 152 23.4 594 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8EH-LP 8.0 203 29.7 754 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT10EH-LP 10.0 254 35.9 912 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT12EH-Q 12.0 305 42.2 1072 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT4EH15-LP 4.0 102 17.1 434 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT6EH15-LP 6.0 152 23.4 594 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT8EH15-LP 8.0 203 29.7 754 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT10EH15-LP 10.0 254 35.9 912 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT12EH15-Q 12.0 305 42.2 1072 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4SH-LP 4.0 102 17.1 434 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT
50 250
MLT6SH-LP 6.0 152 23.4 594 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT8SH-LP 8.0 203 29.7 754 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT10SH-LP 10.0 254 35.9 912 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT12SH-Q 12.0 305 42.2 1072 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
AISI 316 Stainless Steel –For Superior Corrosion Resistance
Standard Cross Section
MLT1S-CP316 1.0 25 5.0 127 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT
100 500
MLT2S-CP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT2.7S-CP316 2.7 69 10.2 259 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT4S-CP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT6S-CP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT8S-CP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT10S-CP316 10.0 254 33.0 838 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MLT2LH-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT
50 250
MLT4LH-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT6LH-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8LH-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
mmIn.mmIn.mmIn.NLbs.mmIn.mmIn.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Recommended
Installation
Tool***
ThicknessWidth
Min.
Bundle
Diameter
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**Length*
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
Part Number
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.7
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Self-Locking Cable Ties –MLT Series (continued)
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
Heavy Cross Section
MLT2H-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, ST2MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, PBTMT
50 250
MLT2.7H-LP316 2.7 69 10.2 259 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT4H-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT6H-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8H-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT10H-LP316 10.0 254 33.0 838 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4EH-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25
ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT
50 250
MLT6EH-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8EH-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT4EH15-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT6EH15-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT8EH15-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4SH-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT
50 250
MLT6SH-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT8SH-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.8
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Polyester Fully Coated Cable Ties –MLTFC Series
• Polyester coating available in six color options provides visual
indication for easy identification in color-coding applications
(heavy cross section only)
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into
place at any length along the tie body
• Polyester coating provides additional edge protection and
prevents corrosion between dissimilar metals
• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
• Available in standard, heavy, extra-heavy and super-heavy
cross sections
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 302°F (150°C)
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating. ^^Minimum bundle diameter is .50"(12.7mm). ^^^Minimum bundle diameter is1.0"(25.4mm).
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length*
Color
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength** Width Thickness^ Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm
Standard Cross Section^^
MLTFC2S-CP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT
100 500
MLTFC4S-CP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLTFC6S-CP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLTFC8S-CP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
Heavy Cross Section^^
MLTFC2H-LP316RD 2.0 51 7.9 201 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT
50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316RD 4.0 102 14.3 362 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316RD 6.0 152 20.5 521 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316YL 2.0 51 7.9 201 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316YL 4.0 102 14.3 362 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316YL 6.0 152 20.5 521 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316GR 2.0 51 7.9 201 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316GR 4.0 102 14.3 362 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316GR 6.0 152 20.5 521 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316BU 2.0 51 7.9 201 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316BU 4.0 102 14.3 362 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316BU 6.0 152 20.5 521 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316WH 2.0 51 7.9 201 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316WH 4.0 102 14.3 362 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316WH 6.0 152 20.5 521 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC8H-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Extra-Heavy Cross Section^^^
MLTFC4EH-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 Black 300 1335 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT
50 250
MLTFC6EH-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 Black 300 1335 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC8EH-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 Black 300 1335 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
Super-Heavy Cross Section^^^
MLTFC4SH-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 Black 450 2000 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT
50 250
MLTFC6SH-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 Black 450 2000 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLTFC8SH-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 Black 450 2000 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.9
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Nylon 11 Selectively Coated Cable Ties –MLTC Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Nylon 11 coating provides additional edge protection and prevents
corrosion between dissimilar metals
• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
• Available in heavy cross section
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 285°F (140°C)
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating.
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter Length*
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Min. Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness^ Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
AISI 316 Stainless Steel –For Nylon 11 Selectively Coated Cable Ties
Heavy Cross Section
MLTC2H-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT
50 250
MLTC4H-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTC6H-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTC8H-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTC10H-LP316 10.0 254 33.0 838 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.10
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Alum™Aluminum Cable Ties –MLT Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Lightweight, aluminum construction for flexibility and ease
of handling
• Five color options in addition to natural aluminum finish for
color-coding applications
• Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
worker safety
• For use with Pan-Alum™Marker Plates on page E4.5, for fast
installation at the lowest installed cost
*Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
**For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.15.
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length
Color
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength*
Min. Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness Recommended
Installation
Tool**
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
MLT1H-LPALBL 1.0 25 5.5 140 Black 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03
ST2MT, HTMT
50 250
MLT2H-LPALBL 2.0 51 7.9 201 Black 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT4H-LPALBL 4.0 102 14.3 362 Black 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT1H-LPALRD 1.0 25 5.5 140 Red 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT2H-LPALRD 2.0 51 7.9 201 Red 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT4H-LPALRD 4.0 102 14.3 362 Red 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT1H-LPALYL 1.0 25 5.5 140 Yellow 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT2H-LPALYL 2.0 51 7.9 201 Yellow 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT4H-LPALYL 4.0 102 14.3 362 Yellow 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT1H-LPALGR 1.0 25 5.5 140 Green 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT2H-LPALGR 2.0 51 7.9 201 Green 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT4H-LPALGR 4.0 102 14.3 362 Green 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT1H-LPALBU 1.0 25 5.5 140 Blue 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT2H-LPALBU 2.0 51 7.9 201 Blue 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT4H-LPALBU 4.0 102 14.3 362 Blue 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT1H-LPAL 1.0 25 5.5 140 Aluminum 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT2H-LPAL 2.0 51 7.9 201 Aluminum 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
MLT4H-LPAL 4.0 102 14.3 362 Aluminum 50 222 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.012 0.03 50 250
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.11
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Double Wrapped Cable Ties –MLTD Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Cable tie body passes through the head two times for
additional strength
• Available in heavy, extra-heavy, and super-heavy cross sections
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel for
general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
corrosive environments
• Super-heavy double wrapped tested for short circuit applications
up to 71.5 kA
1
2
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length*
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Min.
Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
AISI 304 Stainless Steel –MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Heavy Cross Section
MLT2DH-L 2.0 51 18.5 470 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT
50 250
MLT4DH-L 4.0 102 28.0 711 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT5DH-L 5.0 127 34.0 863 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT6DH-Q 6.0 152 40.0 1016 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 250
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DEH-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25
ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT
25 125
MLT6DEH-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT8DEH-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT4DEH15-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT6DEH15-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT8DEH15-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DSH-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT
25 125
MLT6DSH-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT8DSH-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
AISI 316 Stainless Steel –For MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DEH-Q316 4.0 102 29.5 749 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25
ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT
25 125
MLT6DEH-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT8DEH-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT4DEH15-Q316 4.0 102 29.5 749 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT6DEH15-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT8DEH15-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DSH-Q316 4.0 102 29.5 749 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT
25 125
MLT6DSH-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT8DSH-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.12
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Polyester coating (optional):
• Polyester coating provides additional edge protection
and prevents corrosion between dissimilar metals
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 302°F (150°C)
• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
corrosive environments
9"
8"
7"
6"
5"
4"
3"
2"
1"
10mm
20mm
30mm
40mm
50mm
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
100mm
110mm
120mm
130mm
140mm
150mm
160mm
170mm
180mm
190mm
200mm
210mm
220mm
230mm
240mm
250mm
3D
(76.2)
2D
(50.8)
(25.4)
1D
DIAMETER
MARKERS(MM)
TAB
CUT-OFF
HANDLE &
RETRACTOR
KNOCK-OUT
HANDLE &
RETRACTOR
KNOCK-OUT
KNOCK-OUT
HANDLE LOCATION
(BOTH SIDES)
METRIC
MEASURE DIAMETER
CUT-OFF GUIDE FOLD OVER
RETAINER TAB
1.0
10.0
10.0
ENGLISH MEASURE
Pan-Steel ®Custom Length Banding –MBS, MBH, MBEH and MBSH Series
• For applications that require various bundle diameters
• Supplied in reels of 82.50 feet (25.0m), 200.00 feet
(60.9m), 250.00 feet (76.2m) or 1000.00 feet (304.8m)
• Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory
• Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle
diameter cut-off guide
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating
‡Order in number of reels required.
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length*
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Min.
Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness ^Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Recommended
Banding
Head
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.‡In. mm Ft. mLbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
AISI 304 Stainless Steel —For General Purpose Banding
Standard Cross Section
MBS-TLR Any Any 250 76 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT
MTHS-C 1
MBS-MR Any Any 1000 305 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 MTHS-C 1
Heavy Cross Section
MBH-TLR Any Any 250 76 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT
MTHH-C 1
MBH-MR Any Any 1000 305 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 MTHH-C 1
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBEH-TLR Any Any 250 76 300 1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT MTHEH-C 1
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBSH-TR Any Any 200 61 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT MTHSH-C 1
AISI 316 Stainless Steel —For Superior Corrosion Resistance
Standard Cross Section
MBS-TLR316 Any Any 250 76 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT
MTHS-C316 1
MBS-MR316 Any Any 1000 305 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 MTHS-C316 1
Heavy Cross Section
MBH-TLR316 Any Any 250 76 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT
MTHH-C316 1
MBH-MR316 Any Any 1000 305 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 MTHH-C316 1
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBEH-TLR316 Any Any 250 76 300 1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT MTHEH-C316 1
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBSH-TR316 Any Any 200 61 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT MTHSH-C316 1
mmIn.mmIn.mmIn.NLbs.mFt.mmIn.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.‡
Recommended
Banding
Head
Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Thickness ^Width
Min.
Bundle
Diameter
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**Length*
Max.
Bundle
Diameter
Part Number
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.13
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
To determine the proper amount of banding required, use the following formula:
Calculate S and H Cross Section Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 3 inches (76mm)
Calculate EH and SH Cross Section Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches (114mm)
Pan-Steel ®Custom Length Banding Heads –MTH Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at any length along the tie body
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MTHS-C Loose piece banding head for standard cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHH-C Loose piece banding head for heavy cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHEH-C Loose piece banding head for extra-heavy cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHSH-C Loose piece banding head for super-heavy cross
section banding. 100 1000
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MTHS-C316 Loose piece banding head for standard cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHH-C316 Loose piece banding head for heavy cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHEH-C316 Loose piece banding head for extra-heavy cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHSH-C316 Loose piece banding head for super-heavy cross
section banding. 100 1000
AISI 316 Coated Stainless Steel
MTHCH-C316 Loose piece coated banding head for heavy cross
section banding. 100 1000
MTHCEH-C316 Loose piece coated banding head for extra-heavy cross
section banding. 100 1000
MTHCSH-C316 Loose piece coated banding head for super-heavy cross
section banding. 100 1000
1) Take one end of the cut
banding and bend back
1/2" (13mm).
2) Take a self-locking head
and slide it the entire length
of the band until it reaches
the bend.
3) Bend tail flat against bottom
of banding head to
complete assembly.
Pan-Steel ®Custom Length Banding –MBS, MBH, MBEH and MBSH Series
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating
‡Order in number of reels required.
Polyester Coated AISI 316 Stainless Steel
Heavy Cross Section
MBCH-QR316 Any Any 82 25 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT
MTHCH-C316 1
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBCEH-QR316 Any Any 82 25 300 1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT MTHCEH-C316 1
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBCSH-QR316 Any Any 82 25 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT MTHCSH-C316 1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.14
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
GS4MT Hand Operated Installation Tool
• Single handle operation for fast installation
• Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool
• Controlled tension, fully adjustable
• Easy removal of excess tie
• Qualified product listed per MIL Standard MS90387-3
• Automatically tensions and cuts off tie when predetermined tension
is reached
• Installs standard .18 inch (4.6mm), light-heavy .25 inch (6.4mm)
and heavy .31 inch (7.9mm) cross section ties
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
GS4MT Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section Pan-Steel ®type
MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH double
wrapped ties.
1
K4M-BLD Replacement cutter blade for GS4MT. 1
K4MTG Replacement tension gripper for GS4MT. 1
CAMT Cut-off accessory. Use this accessory with GS4MT tool to cut MBH or MBS
continuous banding. Accessory drops in place for use. 1
Side Entry CAMT
GS4MT
Tool Tension Locking Kits
• For applications requiring a locking device on either the selector knob (one cross section size and tension only) or tension level adjustment
(but allow cross section size changes)
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
TTLK3 Tool tension locking kit for GS4MT and PPTMT installation tools. 1
To lock selector knob and
tension level.
To lock fine adjustment.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.15
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
ST2MT Installation Tool
• Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool
• One hand operation – lightweight
• Easy removal of excess tie
• Tool tension is controlled by installer – twist action cut-off
• Rugged, lightweight, easy-to-operate pliers-type tool provides
mechanical advantage
RT2HT and RT2HTN Installation Tools
• Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool to
speed installation
• Multi-position rear handle provides flexibility for a one or two hand
installation
• Narrow nose tool design option available for applications requiring
installations in tight confined spaces
• Replacement cutter blade and handle available for RT2HT
HTMT Installation Tool
• Economical
• Coiled tie end remaining after tensioning assures a safe end
• Manual tension, no cut-off
• Installs ties parallel to the bundle
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
HTMT Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section Pan-Steel®type
MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH double
wrapped ties.
1
RT2HT
RT2HTN
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
ST2MT Used with standard, light-heavy, heavy and extra-heavy cross section
Pan-Steel ®type MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH
double wrapped ties.
1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
RT2HT Used with extra-heavy, extra-heavy 15, and super-heavy cross section
Pan-Steel ®type MLT and MLTFC ties. Width of tool nose 2.60" (66.0mm). 1
RT2HTN Narrow nose installation tool for use with extra-heavy, extra-heavy 15, and
super-heavy cross section Pan-Steel®type MLT and MLTFC ties. Width of
tool nose 1.06" (27.0mm).
1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.16
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
PPTMT Pneumatic Installation Tool
• Power assisted tool for fast and effortless installation
• Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool
• Controlled tension, fully adjustable
• Automatic cut-off
• One hand operation – lightweight
• Easy removal of excess tie
• Operates 85 PSI (586 KPA Bar) non-lubricated air and requires no
special maintenance
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PPTMT Pneumatic hand tool used with Pan-Steel®type MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC
coated ties, and type MLTDH double wrapped ties.
Automatically tensions and cuts off tie when predetermined tension is
reached, providing more reliable and consistent installations.
Ideal for high production applications.
Installs standard .18" (4.6mm), light-heavy .25" (6.4mm), and heavy
.31" (7.9mm) cross section ties.
1
PPH10 10.0' (3m) hose assembly (regulator to tool); includes a .13" (3.3mm) NPT
male connector (to regulator) and .13" (3.3mm) female quick disconnect
(to tool).
1
PL289N1 Filter/regulator .5 micron element, regulated range 3 – 100 psig, features
.13" (3.3mm) NPT female output port (to hose PPH10) and .25" (6.4mm)
male quick disconnect to source air line.
1
KPPTMTG Replacement gripper kit for PPTMT. 1
KPPTMTB Replacement blade kit for PPTMT. 1
PPTMT
Side Entry
PBTMT Battery Powered Installation Tool
• Lithium-Ion battery optimizes performance by installing more
cable ties per charge
• Ergonomic tool design provides a compact lightweight body,
reducing operator fatigue
• Automatic flush cut off enhances productivity with easy
one hand installation
• Cable tie side entry allows quick side entry of tie into
tool to speed installation
• 360° rotating head allows access to confined spaces
• Controlled tension mechanism provides consistent
installations every time
• Battery indicator improves productivity with quick visual
identification of battery life
• Variable speed trigger provides increased operator control, for
easy installation
PBTMT
360°Rotating Head
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PBTMT Battery powered installation tool, for use with Pan-Steel®heavy, extra-heavy,
and super-heavy cross section MLT style ties, and MLTD double wrapped
style ties, 2 – 12 volt Lithium-Ion batteries and 115 volt, 60 Hz
charger included.
1
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.17
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit Retained Tension Tie Technology
Retained Tension Performance Comparison**
**Front Tab
Improves bundle
conformance
Extra Long Body
Improves bundle
conformance
Lead In
Wider entrance for
easier threading
**Relief Slots
For improved bundle
conformance *Patented
**Patent Pending
Unique Locking Ramp
Assures locking in
any position
*Aggressive Locking Head
Quicker locking, tighter installation
*Displacement Lock
Assures superior
locking strength
Retained Tension
Additional Features of
360° Radial Seal
Retained Tension Ties
( MRS Series Only)
Features of
Retained Tension Ties
(MRT and MRS Series)
Panduit Retained
Tension Tie (Heavy)
Metal Locking Tie
Band Clamp
Pinch Ear Clamp
Retained
Tension (Lbs.)
**Representative sample, actual results may vary.
Split mandrel test
fixture measures
retained tension of
installed tie
MRT Tie
Split
Mandrel
Features and Benefits – Pan-Steel®Retained Tension Ties – MRT/MRS Series
Panduit® Pan-Steel®Retained Tension Ties are engineered for safety, productivity, and durability by providing round edges and smooth
surfaces, easy threading, high loop tensile strength and tight clamping.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.18
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Part Number System for Pan-Steel®Retained Tension Ties – MRT Series
MRT 6 S — C 4
Bundle Diameter Reference
(In.)
Cross Section Package Qty.
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
L=50
C = 100
MRT = Metal Retained
Tension Tie
Type Material
4 = 304
Pan-Steel ®Retained Tension Ties –MRT Series
• Provide tight bundling of armored cables, pipes, conduit and other
rigid materials in harsh conditions for a reliable, easy to install
fastening solution
• Self-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length along
the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of 0.010"
(0.25mm)
***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.20.
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter Length
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Min. Bundle
Diameter Width Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm
AISI 304 Stainless Steel –For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
MRT1S-C4 1.0 25 9.0 229 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4
MTRTLS
100 500
MRT2S-C4 2.0 51 12.2 310 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MRT4S-C4 4.0 102 18.5 470 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MRT6S-C4 6.0 152 24.8 630 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRT1.5LH-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4
MTRTLS
50 250
MRT2LH-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MRT4LH-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MRT6LH-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
Heavy Cross Section
MRT1.5H-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MTRTH
50 250
MRT2H-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MRT4H-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MRT6H-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
Double Wrapped –For Additional Strength
Standard Cross Section
MRT1.5DS-C4 1.5 38 14.4 366 250 1112 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.4 MTRTLS 100 500
MRT2.5DS-C4 2.5 63 20.7 526 250 1112 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.4 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRT2.5DLH-L4 2.5 63 20.7 526 350 1556 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 MTRTLS 50 250
Heavy Cross Section
MRT2DH-L4 2.0 51 18.5 470 550 2447 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 MTRTH 50 250
MRT4DH-L4 4.0 102 31.1 790 550 2447 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.19
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Part Number System for Pan-Steel®360° Radial Seal Retained Tension Ties – MRS Series
MRS 6 S — C 4
Bundle Diameter Reference
(In.)
Cross Section Package Qty.
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
L=50
C = 100
MRS = Metal Retained
Tension 360°
Radial Seal Tie
Type Material
4 = 304
Pan-Steel®360° Radial Seal Retained Tension Ties –MRS Series
• 360° radial seal eliminates gaps under the head of the tie to
provide a completely sealed installation
• Self-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length along
the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of
0.010" (0.25mm)
***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.20.
Part Number
Max. Bundle
Diameter Length
Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Min. Bundle
Diameter Width Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm
AISI 304 Stainless Steel –For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
MRS1S-C4 1.0 25 9.0 229 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4
MTRTLS
100 500
MRS2S-C4 2.0 51 12.2 310 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MRS4S-C4 4.0 102 18.5 470 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MRS6S-C4 6.0 152 24.8 630 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRS1.5LH-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4
MTRTLS
50 250
MRS2LH-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MRS4LH-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MRS6LH-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
Heavy Cross Section
MRS1.5H-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MTRTH
50 250
MRS2H-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MRS4H-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MRS6H-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.20
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
MTRT Retained Tension Manual Installation Tools
• Adjustable detent mechanism provides user pre-set controlled
tension for repeatable installations and maximum reliability
• Smooth cable tie cut-off eliminates burrs or sharp edges after
installation to deliver added bundle protection and job site safety
• Tie tensioning mechanism provides improved durability compared
to conventional gripper style tools
• Change over kits available to allow for installation of all tie cross
sections with one tool
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
MTRTH Retained tension installation tool for use with Pan-Steel®heavy cross
section MRT and MRS style ties and MRT double wrapped style ties. 1
MTRTLS Retained tension installation tool for use with Pan-Steel®light-heavy and
standard cross section MRT and MRS style ties and MRT double
wrapped style ties.
1
KMTRTH Change over kits allow for installation of heavy cross section MRT and
MRS style ties, and MRT double wrapped style ties in MTRTH tools. 1
KMTRTLS Change over kits allow for installation of light-heavy and standard cross
section MRT and MRS style ties, and MRT double wrapped style ties in
MTRTLS tools.
1
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.21
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Features and Benefits – Pan-Steel®Strapping System
The Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Strapping is the ultimate solution for strapping applications. The buckle design
and tension controlled installation tool offer a quick and safe installation for all harsh environments. Available in four widths
3/8" (9.5mm), 1/2" (12.7mm) 5/8" (15.9mm) and 3/4" (19.1mm) in base 201 (3/4" width only), 304, or 316 stainless steel
with a temperature range of -112°F (-80°C) to 1000°F (538°C).
No Sharp Edges
After tensioning, cut end
is locked inside buckle
*Cross Rib Support
Enhanced rigidity for higher
loop tensile strength
*Hooked Clamping Tab
Bends strap body within retention
area of buckle for increased loop
tensile strength and full coverage
of cut end of strap
*Concave Cross Section
Enhanced support to
improve tensile strength
*Concave Buckle Recess
Increases body resistance for
increased loop tensile strength
*Patented
**Patents Pending
Buckle Design
Provides a low
finished profile
Unique Locking Methods
Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Strapping
Hand operated installation
tools used with Panduit ®
Pan-Steel®Strapping.
Tensions, cuts strapping,
and secures the buckle tab.
Easy to operate.
See page B3.26.
Custom length strapping
available for applications
that require various bundle
diameters, to provide job
safety and versatility with
minimum inventory.
See page B3.25.
No Sharp Edges
After tensioning, cut end
is locked inside buckle
Buckle Screwdriver Slot
Allows use of screwdriver
for buckle closure for a
simple quick installation
Hooked Clamping Tab
Provides full coverage
of cut end of strap for
enhanced safety
Buckle Bridge Teeth
Deliver additional body slip
resistance for optimum strength
Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping
**Buckle Locking Tabs
Improve locking mechanism
for higher strength
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.22
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
The Panduit Method Reduces Installation Time
1) Place strap
around the
material, insert
tail of strap
through buckle.
Pull strapping
tight and bend up
to hold in place.
Insert tail of
strapping into tool
nose section.
Squeeze handle
to tension.
2) Once proper
tension is
reached,
maintain tension
and raise tool
90°–120°over
buckle and pull
down on cutter
lever, cutting
strap.
3) Remove tool,
press cut end
down and toward
retaining tab.
4) Using the
closure lever
on the handle
of the tool,
bend retaining
tab down and
over cut end.
Part Number System for Discrete Length Strapping
MS 4 W 38 T 15 L 4
MS = Metal Strap
MSC = Metal Strap
Coated
38 = 3/8
50 = 1/2
63 = 5/8
75 = 3/4
L = 50 Pcs.
Q = 25 Pcs.
2 = 201 SS
4 = 304 SS
6 = 316 SS
Bundle
Diameter
(In.)
Width Inches
Type Thickness MaterialStandard
Package Size
15 = 0.015"
30 = 0.030"
Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping
1) Place strap
around the
material, insert
tail of strap
through buckle.
Pull strapping
tight and bend
up to hold in
place.
2) Insert tail of
strapping into tool
nose section.
Rotate handle
to tension.
3) After tensioning
raise tool 90° –
120° over buckle
and pull down on
cutter lever,
cutting strap.
4) Remove tool,
press cut end
down toward
retaining tab.
5) Using flathead
screwdriver, bend
retaining tab down
and over cut end.
Provides finished,
safe, and
secure closure.
Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Strapping
Provides finished,
safe, and
secure closure.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.23
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Strapping –MS Series
• Fold over design provides high-retained tension in mechanical
fastening and cable bundling applications
• After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle – no
sharp edges
• Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and underground
(including direct burial) applications
• Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
worker safety
• Available in AISI 201 (3/4" width only) and 304 stainless steel for
general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive
environments
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
***For information on installation tool, refer to page B3.26.
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length*
Strap
Breaking
Strength
Min.
Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
AISI 201 Stainless Steel
MS4W75T30-Q2 4.0 102 20.2 513 2400 10656 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.76
BT75SDT
25 25
MS6W75T30-Q2 6.0 152 26.5 673 2400 10656 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.76 25 25
MS8W75T30-Q2 8.0 203 32.7 831 2400 10656 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.76 25 25
MS10W75T30-Q2 10.0 254 39.0 991 2400 10656 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.76 25 25
AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MS2W38T15-L4 2.0 51 11.8 300 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38
BT2HT
50 250
MS4W38T15-L4 4.0 102 18.0 457 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS6W38T15-L4 6.0 152 24.4 620 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS8W38T15-L4 8.0 203 30.7 780 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS10W38T15-L4 10.0 254 37.0 940 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS4W50T15-L4 4.0 102 18.0 457 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS6W50T15-L4 6.0 152 24.4 620 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS8W50T15-L4 8.0 203 30.7 780 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS10W50T15-L4 10.0 254 37.0 940 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS4W63T15-L4 4.0 102 18.0 457 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS6W63T15-L4 6.0 152 24.4 620 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS8W63T15-L4 8.0 203 30.7 780 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS10W63T15-L4 10.0 254 37.0 940 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MS2W38T15-L6 2.0 51 11.8 300 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38
BT2HT
50 250
MS4W38T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS6W38T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS8W38T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS10W38T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS4W50T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS6W50T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS8W50T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS10W50T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS4W63T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS6W63T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS8W63T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MS10W63T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.24
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Nylon 11 Coated Strapping –MSC Series
• Fold over design provides high-retained tension in mechanical
fastening and cable bundling applications
• After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle –
no sharp edges
• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
• Available in 0.38 inch (9.5mm), 0.50 inch (12.7mm),
0.63 inch (15.9mm) cross sections
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 285°F (140°C)
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.26.
^Base material less coating.
Part Number
Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length*
Strap
Breaking
Strength
Min.
Bundle
Diameter Width Thickness^ Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm Lbs. NIn. mm In. mm In. mm
MSC2W38T15-L6 2.0 51 11.8 300 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38
BT2HT
50 250
MSC4W38T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC6W38T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC8W38T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC10W38T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC4W50T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC6W50T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC8W50T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC10W50T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC4W63T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC6W63T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC8W63T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC10W63T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.25
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Pan-Steel®Buckles for Custom Length Strapping
• Buckle design provides a low finished profile • After tensioning cut end is locked inside buckle – no sharp edges
Pan-Steel®Custom Length Strapping
• Fold over design provides high retained tension in mechanical
fastening and cable bundling applications
• After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle – no
sharp edges
• For applications that require various bundle diameters
• Supplied in reels of 82.5 feet (25m) (coated) or 100 feet (30.5m)
(uncoated)
• Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory
• Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle diameter
cut-off guide
• Available in AISI 201(3/4" width only) and 304
stainless steel for general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive
environments
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service. ^Base metal less coating.
‡Order in number of reels required.***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.26.
9"
8"
7"
6"
5"
4"
3"
2"
1"
10mm
20mm
30mm
40mm
50mm
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
100mm
110mm
120mm
130mm
140mm
150mm
160mm
170mm
180mm
190mm
200mm
210mm
220mm
230mm
240mm
250mm
3D
(76.2)
2D
(50.8)
(25.4)
1D
DIAMETER
MARKERS(MM)
TAB
CUT-OFF
HANDLE &
RETRACTOR
KNOCK-OUT
HANDLE &
RETRACTOR
KNOCK-OUT
KNOCK-OUT
HANDLE LOCATION
(BOTH SIDES)
METRIC
MEASURE DIAMETER
CUT-OFF GUIDE
FOLD OVER
RETAINER TAB
10.0
10.0
ENGLISH MEASURE
1.0
Calculate Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 6 inches (152.4 mm)
To determine the proper amount of strapping required, use the following formula:
Nylon 11 coating (optional):
• Nylon 11 coating provides
additional edge protection
and prevents corrosion
between dissimilar metals
• UV resistant, low smoke,
halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance
-40°F (-40°C) to 285°F (140°C)
• AISI 316 stainless steel for
the most corrosive environments
Part Number Material
Width
Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm
AISI 201 Stainless Steel
MSBW75-C2 201 0.75 19.1 Individual low profile buckles used with metal strapping. 100 —
AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MSBW38-C4 304 0.38 9.5 Individual low profile buckles used with custom
length strapping.
100 1000
MSBW50-C4 304 0.50 12.7 100 1000
MSBW63-C4 304 0.63 15.9 100 1000
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MSBW38-C6 316 0.38 9.5 Individual low profile buckles used with custom
length strapping.
100 1000
MSBW50-C6 316 0.50 12.7 100 1000
MSBW63-C6 316 0.63 15.9 100 1000
Part Number
Length*
Strap
Breaking
Strength Width Thickness^Used
with
Buckle
Recommended
Installation
Tool***
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.‡Ft. mLbs. NIn. mm In. mm
304 Stainless Steel
MSW75T30-CR2 100 30.5 2400 10656 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.80 MSBW75-C2 BT75SDT 1
304 Stainless Steel
MSW38T15-CR4 100 30.5 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C4
BT2HT
1
MSW50T15-CR4 100 30.5 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C4 1
MSW63T15-CR4 100 30.5 839 3725 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C4 1
316 Stainless Steel
MSW38T15-CR6 100 30.5 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C6
BT2HT
1
MSW50T15-CR6 100 30.5 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C6 1
MSW63T15-CR6 100 30.5 839 3725 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C6 1
Nylon Coated Custom Length Strapping
MSCNW38T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C6
BT2HT
1
MSCNW50T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C6 1
MSCNW63T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 839 3725 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C6 1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.26
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
PCS Cushion Sleeve
• Black neoprene sleeving used with Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties,
custom length banding, and MS strap
• Used on applications requiring improved gripping on
non-resilient objects
• Can be used indoors or outdoors (excellent ultraviolet resistance,
good resistance to petroleum, and many chemicals)
• Isolation between dissimilar metals allows the ties and straps
to be used with aluminum cable tray
• Provides full separation between the ties and the bundle
• Operating temperature range -40°F (-40°C) to 200°F (93°C)
*Meets MIL-R-6855
‡Order in number of reels required.
Pkg. –CR = 100 ft. (30.5m) reel.
Part Number
Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
Width Length Std.
Pkg.
Qty‡In. mm Ft. m
PCSS-B-CR MLT/S .33 8.4 100 30.5 1
PCSH-B-CR MLT/LH/H .47 11.9 100 30.5 1
PCSSH-B-CR* MLT/EH/SH
and MS Straps
.91 23.1 100 30.5 1
BT2HT Hand Operated Installation Tool for Strapping
• Strap side entry
• Multi-position rear handle provides flexibility for a one or two
hand installation
• Adjustable tension control
• Easy removal of excess strap
• Installs (3) sizes: 0.38 inch (9.5mm), 0.50 inch (12.7mm), and
0.63 inch (15.9mm)
• Replacement cutter blade and handle available
BT75SDT Hand Operated Installation Tool for MS75 Strapping
• Screw drive tension mechanism provides high tension with minimal
effort, reducing operator fatigue
• Heavy duty construction offers a longer service life
• Strapping side entry allows quick side entry of the strap into tool
to speed installation
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
BT75SDT Installation tool for use with 0.75" (19.1mm) width strapping only. Tensions
and cuts strapping. Screwdriver required for buckle closure (not included).
1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
BT2HT Installation tool for use with 0.38" (9.5mm), 0.50" (12.7mm), and
0.63" (15.9mm) widths of Panduit ®Pan-Steel ®Strapping.
Tensions, cuts strapping, and secures the buckle tab. Lever cut off.
1
KRT2BLD Replacement cutter blade for RT2HT and BT2HT. 1
KRT2HNDL Replacement cutter handle for RT2HT and BT2HT. 1
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.27
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Stainless Steel Tie Mounts
• Low profile
• One hole mounting
• For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel®Ties as well as .38 inch (9.5mm) wide strapping
• 304 Stainless Steel
*Stainless steel screws are recommended for fastening to avoid corrosion problems associated with dissimilar metals.
Part Number
Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
Mounting
Method*
Length
A
Width
W
Height
H
Hole Diameter
ZStd.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MTM1H-C
MLTS/LH/H, MLTC/H,
MLTFC/S/LH/H or
MSW38
#8 (4mm)
screw
.90 22.6 .40 10.2 .17 4.4 .17 4.4 100 1000
MTM1H10-C #10 (5mm)
screw
.90 22.6 .40 10.2 .17 4.4 .21 5.4 100 1000
MTM1H25-C 1/4" (6mm)
screw
.90 22.6 .40 10.2 .17 4.4 .28 7.1 100 1000
Stainless Steel Push Mount
• No tapping required
• Used where only one side of the panel is accessible
• Nothing to assemble
• For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel®Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel
Z
W
A
H
W
H
A
Part Number
Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
Mounting
Method
Length
A
Width
W
Height
HPanel Thickness Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MPWM-H56-Q MLTS/LH/H,
MLTC/H or
MLTFC/S/LH/H
Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
5/16" (8mm)
.84 21.3 .29 7.3 .56 14.2 .03 – .09 .8 – 2.4 25 250
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.28
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Stainless Steel Push Button Mount
• Low profile
• No tapping required
• Designed for use only where both sides of the panel are accessible
• For use with standard cross section Pan-Steel®Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel
Part Number
Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
Mounting
Method
Diameter
A
Width
W
Height
H
Panel
Thickness Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MBM-H25-Q MLT/S or
MLTFC/S Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
.25" (6.4mm)
.40 10.0 .20 5.0 .26 6.5 .03 – .12 .8 – 3.0 25 250
Stainless Steel 2-Way Tie Mount
• Allows stainless steel cable ties to be inserted from either of
two sides
• Low profile
• Single hole center mounting for maximum holding and stability
• Maximum screw head height .09 inches (2.3mm)
• For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel®Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel
*Stainless steel screws are recommended for fastening to avoid corrosion problems associated with dissimilar metals.
Part Number
Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
Mounting
Method*
Length
A
Height
H
Screw Head
Height
G
Slot
Width
Q
Hole
Diameter
ZStd.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MTM2H-Q MLTS/LH/H,
MLTC/H or
MLTFC/S/LH/H
#8 (4mm)
screw .71 18.0 .30 8.0 .09 2.3 .35 9.0 .17 4.5 25 250
A
A
Q
GH
Z
A
H
W
A
A
A
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.29
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Stainless Steel Bulkhead Mount
• Zero profile
• Mounts directly to surface
• Used where only one side of the panel is accessible
• Permanent, secure application
• Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel®Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel
Part Number
Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
Mounting
Method
Length
A
Width
W
Height
H
Max. Panel
Thickness Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
MTMBH-Q MLTS/LH/H/EH/
SH, MLTC/H, or
MLTFC/S/LH/H/
EH/SH
Pre-drill hole size standard
and light-heavy cross section
MLT-S/LH .38" (9.5mm) –
.50" (12.7mm).
Heavy cross section
MLT-H .50" (12.7mm) –
.63" (15.9mm).
1.92 48.5 .21 5.3 .54 13.7 .50 12.7 25 250
To Install Bulkhead Mount:
1) Insert cable tie through mount
slot and fold cable tie. 2) Insert cable tie and mount
through panel/framework hole.
3) Pull cable tie back to secure the
mount in the panel/framework.
4) Mount shown in correct position
for installation. 5) Separate cable tie to allow for
bundling of cables/wires, etc. 6) Install cable tie around bundle
and fasten.
W
A
H
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.30
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Stainless Steel Technical Information
Physical Characteristics of Stainless Steel and Aluminum
Panduit Stainless Steel Cable Tie and Strapping Approvals
Logo (Symbol) Agency Spec /Approval Requirement Applicable Products
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. Listing E56854 Dimensional, tensile, temp.,
cycling, humidity
MLT-S, MLT-LH, MLT-H, MLTEH15, MLTSH,
MLTDEH and MLTDSH in 304, and 316.
MSW38T15, MSW50T15, MSW63T15, MSBW38,
MSBW50, MSBW63 in both 304 and 316 material.
MSCW38T15, MSCW50T15, MSCW63T15,
MSCNW38T15, MLTFCS, SH, MLTCH,
MSCNW50T15, and MSW63T15 in 316 material.
Conformite European
Low Voltage Directive
73/23/EEC (amended
93/68/EEC) MLT cable ties
and MS straps also meet
the requirements
from EN50146
CE Marking is required for
products sold within the European
Union. CE Marking Directives
specify the minimum performance
of these products. Applying the
CE mark signifies compliance
with essential requirements of
specific directives.
All MLT, MRT, MRS ties and MS straps.
Amer. Bureau of
Shipping
Cert. #03-HS373867-PDA,
04-HS476898-PDA,
05-HS118592C/1-PDA,
06-HS152579-PDA,
05-HS118592A/2-PDA
Mechanical All MLT ties and MS straps.
Bureau Veritas Cert.
#04048/D2 BV
Material specification,
dimensional, visual All uncoated MLT ties in 304 and 316 material.
Det Norske Veritas
Cert. #
E-6540
E-6539
Salt mist test, tensile test,
accelerated aging, vibration tests
All uncoated MLTS, MLTH, MLTE15, MLTDEH15,
MLTSH, and MS strap coated and uncoated
316 material.
Germanischer Lloyd
Cert. #
32666-83HH
51796-89HH
Mechanical All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
MS straps.
Lloyd’s Register of
Shipping
Cert. #
89/60123
Material specification, tensile test,
vibration tests
All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
MS straps.
RINA Cert. #
ELE71502CS Material specification All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
MS straps.
SAE Int’l formerly
US MIL
AS23190 formerly
MS23109E
Dimensional, visual, vibration,
temp. cycling, immersion MLT-S and MLT-H ties in 304 and 306 material.
US Coast Guard File No.16703/46 Mechanical MLT-H series cable ties.
US Military MIL-T-81306A/
MS90387-3 Mechanical GS4MT installation tools.
Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel MS
Strapping and Buckles
Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel
Marker Plates, Tags, and Cable Ties
Pan-Alum™Aluminum
Marker Plates and Cable Ties
Material: 201 Grade Stainless Steel 304 and 316 Grade Stainless Steel Aluminum – Natural and Anodized
Maximum temperature rating: 538°C 538°C 100°C
Minimum temperature rating: -80°C -80°C -80°C
RoHS: Compliant Compliant Compliant
Flammability: Non-Flammable Non-Flammable Non-Flammable
Ultraviolet light resistance: Excellent Excellent Good
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
B3.31
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Chemical %
304
and
316
Stainless
Steel* Chemical %
304
and
316
Stainless
Steel* Chemical %
304
and
316
Stainless
Steel* Chemical %
304
and
316
Stainless
Steel*
Arsenic Acid 40 E Cider E Methyl Alcohol 100 E Sodium Bisulfate 10 E
Acetone 100 E Dichloroethane 100 E Methyl Chloride 100 E Sodium Borate All E
Aluminum Hydroxide AQ
C.S.
E Diethyl Ether 100 E Methyl Ethyl Ketone 100 E Sodium Carbonate 5 E
Ammonium
Carbonate
5 E Ethyl Alcohol 100 E Naphtha 100 E Sodium Chlorate 25 E
Ammonium
Hydroxide
10 E Ethyl Chloride 100 E Nitric Acid 30 –
70
E Sodium Chloride 2 E
Ammonium Nitrate E Ethyl Glycol 100 E Nitrous Acid 5 E Sodium Fluoride 5 F
Ammonium Sulfate 10 S Ferric Hydroxide All E Oleic Acid 100 E Sodium Hydroxide 10 E
Barium Carbonate All E Ferric Nitrate 10 E Oxalic Acid 10 E Sodium Hyposulfite AQ
C.S.
E
Barium Chloride 5 E Ferrous Sulfate 10 E Paraffin 100 E Sodium Nitrate 5 E
Barium Sulfate 10 E Fuel Oil 100 E Petroleum Ether 100 E Sodium Nitrite AQ
C.S.
E
Barium Sulfide 10 E Furfural 100 E Phenol 90 E Sodium Percolate 10 E
Benzene 100 E Gallic Acid AQ
C.S.
E Phosphoric Acid 10 E Sodium Phosphate 5 E
Benzoic Acid 100 E Gasoline 100 E Picric Acid 1 S Sodium Sulfate 5 E
Butyric Acid 50 E Glycerine 100 E Potassium Bromide AQ
C.S.
S Sodium Thiosulfate 5 S
Calcium Carbonate AQ
C.S.
E Hydrocyanic Acid All E Potassium
Carbonate 1%
— E Stearic Acid 100 E
Calcium Chlorate 10 E Hydrogen Peroxide 30 E Potassium Chlorate AQ
C.S.
E Sulfur 100 E
Calcium Hydroxide 20 E Hydrogen Sulfide Dry E Potassium
Dichromate
40 E Sulfur Dioxide All E
Calcium
Hydrochlorite
2 F Idoform 100 E Potassium
Ferrocyanide
25 E Sulfuric Acid 100 E
Calcium Sulfate 2 E Isopropyl Alcohol 100 E Potassium hydroxide 5 E Sulfuric Acid 5 F
Carbon Tetrachloride — — Jet Fuel 100 E Potassium Iodide All E Tannic Acid 10 E
Chlorine (Wet) — F Lactic Acid 100 E Potassium Nitrate 50 E Tartaric Acid 50 E
Chlorine (Dry) — F Lanolin 10 E Potassium
Permanganate
5 E Tetrahydrofuran 100 E
Chloroacetic Acid 30 F Lead Acetate 5 E Potassium Sulfate 5 E Toluene 100 F
Chloroform 100 E Magnesium
Carbonate
All E Potassium Sulfide AQ
C.S.
E Xylene 100 E
Chromic Acid 5 E Magnesium Chloride 10 F Propyl Alcohol 100 E Zinc Chloride 70 E
Citric Acid 50 E Magnesium Nitrate All E Silver Nitrate 10 E Zinc Nitrate AQ
C.S.
E
Copper Cyanide 10 E Malic Acid AQ
C.S.
E Sodium Acetate 60 E Zinc Sulfate AQ
C.S.
E
Copper Nitrate 50 E Mercury 100 E Sodium Bicarbonate All E
*E = Excellent, S = Satisfactory, F = Fair, AQ C.S. = Aqueous Cold Saturated, All = All % Concentrations.
Chemical Resistance at 70°F (21°C) Temperature
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
B3.32
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B1.
Cable Ties
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
SHOCK AND VIBRATION: Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Standard and Heavy Cross Section ties have passed the U.S. Military random vibration
Test Method 214. Test Condition II, Letter J of MIL-STD-202. This test consists of applying parts to a bundle and then vibrating them with
random vibration for 8 hours in each of two mutually perpendicular directions. The parts are then subjected to further temperature testing
and finally have to pass the minimum loop tensile strength test.
Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Extra Heavy, Super Heavy, MSW50 Strapping and MSW63 Strapping have passed the U.S. Military Shock and
Vibration Testing per MIL-STD-167 and MIL-S-901D. The ties were subjected to vibrations in all three planes from 4 – 50 Hz and Shock
testing in all three planes utilizing a hammer shock machine.
SALT SPRAY: Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been subjected to salt spray tests without signs of corrosion
or reduction in performance.
OUTDOOR EXPOSURE: Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been exposed outdoors at New Lenox, Illinois USA
since 1985. At the printing of this catalog, there has been no sign of corrosion or loss of performance.
FLUID IMMERSION: Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties were immersed in: 1-Hydraulic Fluid, 2-Turbine Fuel, 3-Lubricating Oil,
and 4-Isopropyl Alcohol for four hours at temperatures of 122°F (50°C). Per SAE Standard AS23190, the parts were then subjected to
and passed the minimum loop tensile test.
RADIATION: Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the maximum
acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in various areas of nuclear power plants
(accumulated over 40 year life). Radiation resistance is 2x108rads.
Rigorous Tests and Physical Properties of Stainless Steel
STRENGTH: Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties and Straps are tested per the SAE Standard AS23190
formerly U.S. Military Specification MIL-S-23190, minimum loop tensile test. This test consists of applying a tie to a
split mandrel and then measuring the force required to separate the (two) halves until the tie fails. These minimum
loop tensile strengths are given for the various products on pages B3.5 through B3.25.
TEMPERATURE EXTREMES: Panduit ®Pan-Steel®Stainless Steel Ties and Straps are 100% stainless steel in the
alloy provided (locking head, locking ball, and body all provided from the same grade of material ordered).
Various temperature tests have been successfully completed. One such test is the U.S. Military Temperature
Cycling Test per Thermal Shock Method 107, Test Condition B of MIL-STD-202. This test exposes the parts from
low temperature -85°F (-65°C) to high temperature 275°F (135°C) to low temperature -85°F (-65°C). After exposure,
the parts must be free of cracks, distortions, breaks, release of locking device; and meet the minimum loop
tensile requirements.
Military Cross Reference (AS23190)
Military Standard
Part Number
Panduit
Part Number
AS23190/3-1 MLT2S-CP
AS23190/3-1 MLT2S-CP316
AS23190/3-2 MLT4S-CP
AS23190/3-2 MLT4S-CP316
AS23190/3-3 MLT6S-CP
AS23190/3-3 MLT6S-CP316
AS23190/3-4 MLT8S-CP
AS23190/3-4 MLT8S-CP316
AS23190/3-5 MLT2H-LP
AS23190/3-5 MLT2H-LP316
AS23190/3-6 MLT4H-LP
AS23190/3-6 MLT4H-LP316
AS23190/3-7 MLT6H-LP
AS23190/3-7 MLT6H-LP316
AS23190/3-8 MLT8H-LP
AS23190/3-8 MLT8H-LP316
AS23190/3-9 MLT10H-LP
AS23190/3-9 MLT10H-LP316

Navigation menu